US20030232452A1 - Linkers for synthesis of oligosaccharides on solid supports - Google Patents
Linkers for synthesis of oligosaccharides on solid supports Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20030232452A1 US20030232452A1 US10/455,468 US45546803A US2003232452A1 US 20030232452 A1 US20030232452 A1 US 20030232452A1 US 45546803 A US45546803 A US 45546803A US 2003232452 A1 US2003232452 A1 US 2003232452A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- independently
- solid support
- linker
- occurrence
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 115
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 100
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 title claims abstract description 94
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 75
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 69
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 63
- 150000002772 monosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 42
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 34
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 188
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 76
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 66
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 66
- -1 n-pentenyl glycoside Chemical class 0.000 claims description 60
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 36
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 35
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 31
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 31
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims description 29
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 21
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 16
- 229930182470 glycoside Natural products 0.000 claims description 16
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000005865 alkene metathesis reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000005949 ozonolysis reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000000348 glycosyl donor Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052785 arsenic Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001483 monosaccharide substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 43
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 19
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 abstract description 19
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 abstract description 14
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 abstract description 6
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 abstract description 5
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 abstract description 3
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 168
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 45
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 40
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 39
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 39
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 27
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 22
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 20
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 19
- 0 *C(*)(C)C=CC(*)(*)C Chemical compound *C(*)(C)C=CC(*)(*)C 0.000 description 18
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 17
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 15
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 15
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical group CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 14
- IPOOKKJSFZYCSH-UPHRSURJSA-N (z)-oct-4-ene-1,8-diol Chemical compound OCCC\C=C/CCCO IPOOKKJSFZYCSH-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 13
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- LQZMLBORDGWNPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-iodosuccinimide Chemical compound IN1C(=O)CCC1=O LQZMLBORDGWNPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 13
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 13
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 12
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000004008 high resolution magic-angle spinning Methods 0.000 description 10
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 238000000425 proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 10
- FTVLMFQEYACZNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F FTVLMFQEYACZNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 150000004043 trisaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 9
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 9
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229910019142 PO4 Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 8
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 8
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 7
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 7
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 7
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 7
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 7
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 7
- DPKBAXPHAYBPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylazanium;iodide Chemical compound [I-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC DPKBAXPHAYBPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guanidine Chemical compound NC(N)=N ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000370 acceptor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 6
- QTMDXZNDVAMKGV-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(ii) bromide Chemical compound [Cu+2].[Br-].[Br-] QTMDXZNDVAMKGV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium bromide Chemical compound [Li+].[Br-] AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 6
- RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicic acid Chemical compound O[Si](O)(O)O RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 6
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 5
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000386 donor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000010452 phosphate Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphinate Chemical compound [O-][PH2]=O ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical group CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 4
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl ether Chemical compound COC LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229930182475 S-glycoside Natural products 0.000 description 4
- WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium methoxide Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 4
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000001408 amides Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- PNPBGYBHLCEVMK-UHFFFAOYSA-L benzylidene(dichloro)ruthenium;tricyclohexylphosphane Chemical compound Cl[Ru](Cl)=CC1=CC=CC=C1.C1CCCCC1P(C1CCCCC1)C1CCCCC1.C1CCCCC1P(C1CCCCC1)C1CCCCC1 PNPBGYBHLCEVMK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 4
- JXTHNDFMNIQAHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(Cl)Cl JXTHNDFMNIQAHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical class [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 4
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 4
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000003569 thioglycosides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyraldehyde Chemical compound CCCC=O ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910021590 Copper(II) bromide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930186217 Glycolipid Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 3
- 229920001367 Merrifield resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methyl-guanidine Natural products CNC(N)=N CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KBHCPIJKJQNHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N=NP(O)=O Chemical group N=NP(O)=O KBHCPIJKJQNHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 3
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000012216 bentonite Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzopyrazine Natural products N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000007256 debromination reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglyme Chemical compound COCCOCCOC SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylaminoamidine Natural products CN(C)C(N)=N SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000006575 electron-withdrawing group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl laurate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004720 fertilization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003147 glycosyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000001279 glycosylating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005649 metathesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 3
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- LFGREXWGYUGZLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl Chemical group [P]=O LFGREXWGYUGZLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002952 polymeric resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000006798 ring closing metathesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium iodide Chemical compound [Na+].[I-] FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 3
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004014 thioethyl group Chemical group [H]SC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- STMPXDBGVJZCEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound CC[Si](CC)(CC)OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F STMPXDBGVJZCEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 3
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JBWYRBLDOOOJEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[chloro-(4-methoxyphenyl)-phenylmethyl]-4-methoxybenzene Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C(Cl)(C=1C=CC(OC)=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 JBWYRBLDOOOJEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002103 4,4'-dimethoxytriphenylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)(C1=C([H])C([H])=C(OC([H])([H])[H])C([H])=C1[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C(OC([H])([H])[H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004322 Butylated hydroxytoluene Substances 0.000 description 2
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000003930 C-Type Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000342 C-Type Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GSNUFIFRDBKVIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N DMF Natural products CC1=CC=C(C)O1 GSNUFIFRDBKVIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000206672 Gelidium Species 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010015899 Glycopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000002068 Glycopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 2
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010067902 Peptide Library Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZTHYODDOHIVTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propyl gallate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 ZTHYODDOHIVTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000010 aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SESFRYSPDFLNCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl benzoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 SESFRYSPDFLNCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000031709 bromination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005893 bromination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940095259 butylated hydroxytoluene Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000005686 cross metathesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960005215 dichloroacetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-DICFDUPASA-N dichloromethane-d2 Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])(Cl)Cl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-DICFDUPASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008298 dragée Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007306 functionalization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000937 glycosyl acceptor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003949 imides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008297 liquid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000000816 matrix-assisted laser desorption--ionisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004530 micro-emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012038 nucleophile Substances 0.000 description 2
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002304 perfume Substances 0.000 description 2
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000000206 photolithography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 2
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003856 quaternary ammonium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- UAWABSHMGXMCRK-UHFFFAOYSA-L samarium(ii) iodide Chemical compound I[Sm]I UAWABSHMGXMCRK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=O GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003746 solid phase reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- QIJRTFXNRTXDIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (1-carboxy-2-sulfanylethyl)azanium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.Cl.SCC(N)C(O)=O QIJRTFXNRTXDIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N (R)-alpha-Tocopherol Natural products OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N 0.000 description 1
- IPOOKKJSFZYCSH-OWOJBTEDSA-N (e)-oct-4-ene-1,8-diol Chemical class OCCC\C=C\CCCO IPOOKKJSFZYCSH-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BTADMSURNAEATM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dibromooctane-1,1-diol Chemical compound CCCCCCC(Br)C(O)(O)Br BTADMSURNAEATM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940058015 1,3-butylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VYXHVRARDIDEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5-cyclooctadiene Chemical compound C1CC=CCCC=C1 VYXHVRARDIDEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004912 1,5-cyclooctadiene Substances 0.000 description 1
- FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-naphthyridine Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CN=C21 FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDMOEFOXLIZJOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dodecanesulfonic acid Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCS(O)(=O)=O LDMOEFOXLIZJOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AAQTWLBJPNLKHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-perimidine Chemical compound N1C=NC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C32 AAQTWLBJPNLKHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid (2S,3S)-3,4-dimethyl-2-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound OC(C(O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O.C[C@H]1[C@@H](OCCN1C)c1ccccc1 VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005273 2-acetoxybenzoic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UXGVMFHEKMGWMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=COC=C21 UXGVMFHEKMGWMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNODDICFTDYODH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxytetrahydrofuran Chemical compound OC1CCCO1 JNODDICFTDYODH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran Chemical compound C1OC=CC=C1 MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVCOBJNICQPDBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[3-[3,5-dihydroxy-6-methyl-4-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl)oxyoxan-2-yl]oxydecanoyloxy]decanoic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OC1C(OC(CC(=O)OC(CCCCCCC)CC(O)=O)CCCCCCC)OC(C)C(O)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(C)O1 HVCOBJNICQPDBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004080 3-carboxypropanoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(O[H])=O 0.000 description 1
- NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloroperbenzoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CSDQQAQKBAQLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[3,2-c]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1C1C(C=CS2)=C2CCN1 CSDQQAQKBAQLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-quinolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2CC=CC=C21 GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000003276 Apios tuberosa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000105624 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010777 Arachis hypogaea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010744 Arachis villosulicarpa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NTBSBRIECFRPKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.C=P(C)(C)CC.C=P(C)(CC)OC Chemical compound C.C=P(C)(C)CC.C=P(C)(CC)OC NTBSBRIECFRPKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UDQQLMKFOXANGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CCP(C)(=O)OC.CCP(C)(C)=O Chemical compound C.CCP(C)(=O)OC.CCP(C)(C)=O UDQQLMKFOXANGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXUQMSDIGCIMAA-RBMGTWSRSA-N C=CCCCC[C@@H]1OC(CO[C@@H]2OC(CO[C@@H]3OC(COC(C)=O)[C@@H](OCC4=CC=CC=C4)[C@@H](OCC4=CC=CC=C4)C3OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](OCC3=CC=CC=C3)[C@@H](OCC3=CC=CC=C3)C2OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C1OC(=O)C(C)(C)C.CCC1O[C@@H](OCCCC(Br)C(Br)CCCOC)C(OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H]1OCC1=CC=CC=C1.CCS[C@@H]1OC(COC(C)=O)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C1OC(=O)C(C)(C)C.COCCC/C=C\CCCC[C@@H]1OC(CO[C@@H]2OC(CO[C@@H]3OC(COC(C)=O)[C@@H](OCC4=CC=CC=C4)[C@@H](OCC4=CC=CC=C4)C3OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](OCC3=CC=CC=C3)[C@@H](OCC3=CC=CC=C3)C2OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C1OC(=O)C(C)(C)C.P.P.[2H]B([2H])O.[2H]B=O.[2H]B=O.[2H][C@@H]1OC(CO[C@@H]2OC(CC)[C@@H](OCC3=CC=CC=C3)[C@@H](OCC3=CC=CC=C3)C2OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C1OC(=O)C(C)(C)C.[2H][C@@H]1OC(CO[C@@H]2OC(CO[C@@H]3OC(COC(C)=O)[C@@H](OCC4=CC=CC=C4)[C@@H](OCC4=CC=CC=C4)C3OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](OCC3=CC=CC=C3)[C@@H](OCC3=CC=CC=C3)C2OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C1OC(=O)C(C)(C)C Chemical compound C=CCCCC[C@@H]1OC(CO[C@@H]2OC(CO[C@@H]3OC(COC(C)=O)[C@@H](OCC4=CC=CC=C4)[C@@H](OCC4=CC=CC=C4)C3OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](OCC3=CC=CC=C3)[C@@H](OCC3=CC=CC=C3)C2OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C1OC(=O)C(C)(C)C.CCC1O[C@@H](OCCCC(Br)C(Br)CCCOC)C(OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H]1OCC1=CC=CC=C1.CCS[C@@H]1OC(COC(C)=O)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C1OC(=O)C(C)(C)C.COCCC/C=C\CCCC[C@@H]1OC(CO[C@@H]2OC(CO[C@@H]3OC(COC(C)=O)[C@@H](OCC4=CC=CC=C4)[C@@H](OCC4=CC=CC=C4)C3OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](OCC3=CC=CC=C3)[C@@H](OCC3=CC=CC=C3)C2OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C1OC(=O)C(C)(C)C.P.P.[2H]B([2H])O.[2H]B=O.[2H]B=O.[2H][C@@H]1OC(CO[C@@H]2OC(CC)[C@@H](OCC3=CC=CC=C3)[C@@H](OCC3=CC=CC=C3)C2OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C1OC(=O)C(C)(C)C.[2H][C@@H]1OC(CO[C@@H]2OC(CO[C@@H]3OC(COC(C)=O)[C@@H](OCC4=CC=CC=C4)[C@@H](OCC4=CC=CC=C4)C3OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](OCC3=CC=CC=C3)[C@@H](OCC3=CC=CC=C3)C2OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C1OC(=O)C(C)(C)C SXUQMSDIGCIMAA-RBMGTWSRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CEAHAXSDCINHAI-RVCDUUTNSA-N C=CCCCO[C@H]1OC(COCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C1OC(C)=O.COCCCC(Br)C(Br)CCCO[C@H]1OC(COCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C1OC(C)=O.P Chemical compound C=CCCCO[C@H]1OC(COCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C1OC(C)=O.COCCCC(Br)C(Br)CCCO[C@H]1OC(COCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C1OC(C)=O.P CEAHAXSDCINHAI-RVCDUUTNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFNIRRXIICSWPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=P(C)(C)C Chemical compound C=P(C)(C)C MFNIRRXIICSWPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNPPMTNAJDCUHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)C NNPPMTNAJDCUHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKYYAMYKVFEHMV-ZXWCRMNKSA-N CCC1OC(OC2C[C@@H](OCCC/C=C\CCCOC)[C@@H](OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)C(OCC3=CC=CC=C3)[C@H]2OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@H]1OCC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1OC(OP(=O)(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@H]1OCC1=CC=CC=C1.COCCC/C=C\CCCOC1OC(CO)[C@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H]1OC(=O)C(C)(C)C Chemical compound CCC1OC(OC2C[C@@H](OCCC/C=C\CCCOC)[C@@H](OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)C(OCC3=CC=CC=C3)[C@H]2OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@H]1OCC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1OC(OP(=O)(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H](OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@H]1OCC1=CC=CC=C1.COCCC/C=C\CCCOC1OC(CO)[C@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@@H]1OC(=O)C(C)(C)C OKYYAMYKVFEHMV-ZXWCRMNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WFOGRNMTMIARNB-QXRQQBGISA-N CCCC/C=C\CCCO.CCCC/C=C\CCCOC.CCCCC(Br)C(Br)CCCOC.CCCl.P.P.P Chemical compound CCCC/C=C\CCCO.CCCC/C=C\CCCOC.CCCCC(Br)C(Br)CCCOC.CCCl.P.P.P WFOGRNMTMIARNB-QXRQQBGISA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBABOKRGFJTBAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N COS(C)(=O)=O Chemical compound COS(C)(=O)=O MBABOKRGFJTBAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HHVIBTZHLRERCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CS(C)(=O)=O Chemical compound CS(C)(=O)=O HHVIBTZHLRERCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000000685 Carr-Purcell-Meiboom-Gill pulse sequence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930186147 Cephalosporin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 108091033380 Coding strand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010060123 Conjugate Vaccines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-SCSAIBSYSA-N D-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-SCSAIBSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019739 Dicalciumphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010013883 Dwarfism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 1
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004606 Fillers/Extenders Substances 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Polymers OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002683 Glycosaminoglycan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004705 High-molecular-weight polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101001049181 Homo sapiens Killer cell lectin-like receptor subfamily B member 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001109508 Homo sapiens NKG2-A/NKG2-B type II integral membrane protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102100023678 Killer cell lectin-like receptor subfamily B member 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- QAQJMLQRFWZOBN-LAUBAEHRSA-N L-ascorbyl-6-palmitate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O QAQJMLQRFWZOBN-LAUBAEHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011786 L-ascorbyl-6-palmitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000002879 Lewis base Substances 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005004 MAS NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000003183 Manihot esculenta Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016735 Manihot esculenta subsp esculenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101100181099 Mus musculus Klra1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AHVYPIQETPWLSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methyl-pyrrolidine Natural products CN1CC=CC1 AHVYPIQETPWLSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100022682 NKG2-A/NKG2-B type II integral membrane protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000007817 Olea europaea Species 0.000 description 1
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ANGKUQFFZUHTBF-RXFVIIJJSA-N P(=O)(O)(O)O[C@H]1[C@H](OC(C(C)(C)C)=O)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@H](O1)COC(C)=O Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)O[C@H]1[C@H](OC(C(C)(C)C)=O)[C@@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@H](OCC2=CC=CC=C2)[C@H](O1)COC(C)=O ANGKUQFFZUHTBF-RXFVIIJJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000004443 Ricinus communis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WBTCZXYOKNRFQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N S1(=O)(=O)NC1=O Chemical group S1(=O)(=O)NC1=O WBTCZXYOKNRFQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019485 Safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000003800 Selectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000184 Selectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 1
- SSZBUIDZHHWXNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Stearinsaeure-hexadecylester Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC SSZBUIDZHHWXNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000269722 Thea sinensis Species 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PBGJEKBBQZONHS-MJXUZWQSSA-N [(2r,3s,4s,5r,6r)-4,5-bis(phenylmethoxy)-6-(phenylmethoxymethyl)-2-(2,2,2-trichloroethanimidoyl)oxyoxan-3-yl] acetate Chemical compound C([C@H]1O[C@H](OC(=N)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl)[C@H]([C@H]([C@@H]1OCC=1C=CC=CC=1)OCC=1C=CC=CC=1)OC(=O)C)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 PBGJEKBBQZONHS-MJXUZWQSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSFQAITXDOHRSH-VJLURNNQSA-N [(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5-bis(phenylmethoxy)-2-phosphonooxy-6-[tri(propan-2-yl)silyloxymethyl]oxan-3-yl] 2,2-dimethylpropanoate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)[C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)O[C@@H]([C@H]1OCC=1C=CC=CC=1)CO[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)C(C)C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MSFQAITXDOHRSH-VJLURNNQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- POIOOCHMXHKUHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N [nitro-[nitro(phenyl)methoxy]methyl]benzene Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1C([N+](=O)[O-])OC([N+]([O-])=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 POIOOCHMXHKUHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002250 absorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002745 absorbent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003655 absorption accelerator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940022663 acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005903 acid hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004520 agglutination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003905 agrochemical Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940087168 alpha tocopherol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical class [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005021 aminoalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005014 aminoalkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940126575 aminoglycoside Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011609 ammonium molybdate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940010552 ammonium molybdate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000202 analgesic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002491 angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- HOPRXXXSABQWAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anhydrous collidine Natural products CC1=CC=NC(C)=C1C HOPRXXXSABQWAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019728 animal nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002391 anti-complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010008730 anticomplement Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010385 ascorbyl palmitate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 1
- PGJHGXFYDZHMAV-UHFFFAOYSA-K azanium;cerium(3+);disulfate Chemical compound [NH4+].[Ce+3].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PGJHGXFYDZHMAV-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- MNFORVFSTILPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N azetidin-2-one Chemical class O=C1CCN1 MNFORVFSTILPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001540 azides Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002903 benzyl benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003939 benzylamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000649 benzylidene group Chemical group [H]C(=[*])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000090 biomarker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009582 blood typing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001273 butane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019437 butane-1,3-diol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019282 butylated hydroxyanisole Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010216 calcium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FATUQANACHZLRT-KMRXSBRUSA-L calcium glucoheptonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)C([O-])=O.OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)C([O-])=O FATUQANACHZLRT-KMRXSBRUSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012241 calcium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000023852 carbohydrate binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091008400 carbohydrate binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000011089 carbon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001460 carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940124587 cephalosporin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001780 cephalosporins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052729 chemical element Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000005827 chlorofluoro hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C[CH]OC2=C1 QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinnoline Chemical compound N1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004927 clay Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UTBIMNXEDGNJFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N collidine Natural products CC1=CC=C(C)C(C)=N1 UTBIMNXEDGNJFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006258 combinatorial reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125898 compound 5 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007891 compressed tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000008504 concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940031670 conjugate vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001767 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001305 cysteine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006196 deacetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003381 deacetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000412 dendrimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000736 dendritic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001066 destructive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000032 diagnostic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940039227 diagnostic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WMKGGPCROCCUDY-PHEQNACWSA-N dibenzylideneacetone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1\C=C\C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WMKGGPCROCCUDY-PHEQNACWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K dicalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940038472 dicalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000390 dicalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy(oxo)silane Chemical compound O[Si](O)=O IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000005906 dihydroxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- QDYBCIWLGJMJGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dinitromethanone Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C(=O)[N+]([O-])=O QDYBCIWLGJMJGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007598 dipping method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002016 disaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008034 disappearance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005264 electron capture Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012039 electrophile Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009505 enteric coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001952 enzyme assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006735 epoxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940093499 ethyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003885 eye ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000006052 feed supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012847 fine chemical Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001215 fluorescent labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- JKFAIQOWCVVSKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N furazan Chemical compound C=1C=NON=1 JKFAIQOWCVVSKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004817 gas chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930182478 glucoside Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000008131 glucosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerine monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(CO)CO YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerol monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002338 glycosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002390 heteroarenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UQEAIHBTYFGYIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethyldisiloxane Chemical class C[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)C UQEAIHBTYFGYIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012188 high-throughput screening assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N hydroxymaleic acid group Chemical group O/C(/C(=O)O)=C/C(=O)O UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002955 immunomodulating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121354 immunomodulator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000266 injurious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000185 intracerebroventricular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026045 iodination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006192 iodination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- MGFYSGNNHQQTJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodonium Chemical compound [IH2+] MGFYSGNNHQQTJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-M lactobionate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940099584 lactobionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940070765 laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002611 lead compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000021633 leukocyte mediated immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007527 lewis bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QDLAGTHXVHQKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N lichenxanthone Natural products COC1=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C3=C(C)C=C(OC)C=C3OC2=C1 QDLAGTHXVHQKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000005229 liver cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000311 mannosyl group Chemical group C1([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- HZVOZRGWRWCICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanediyl Chemical compound [CH2] HZVOZRGWRWCICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWIJRPNMLHPLNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanethioic s-acid Chemical compound SC=O AWIJRPNMLHPLNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007932 molded tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- CQDGTJPVBWZJAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N monoethyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(O)=O CQDGTJPVBWZJAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- FLZWAAFMRTZQGV-ULZIYQADSA-N n-[(2r,3r,4r,5r,6r)-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-[(2r,3s,4s,5r)-4,5,6-trihydroxy-1-oxo-2-[(2s,3s,4r,5s,6s)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl]oxyhexan-3-yl]oxyoxan-3-yl]acetamide Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H](C=O)[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 FLZWAAFMRTZQGV-ULZIYQADSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950006780 n-acetylglucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butane Chemical compound CCCC IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-pentane Natural products CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000822 natural killer cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000344 non-irritating Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000005151 nonafluorobutanesulfonyl group Chemical group FC(C(C(S(=O)(=O)*)(F)F)(F)F)(C(F)(F)F)F 0.000 description 1
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-M oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC([O-])=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940049964 oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002895 organic esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N palmitic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010603 pastilles Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002960 penicillins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M perchlorate Inorganic materials [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N perchloric acid Chemical compound OCl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950000688 phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GJSGGHOYGKMUPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenoxathiine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 GJSGGHOYGKMUPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazine Chemical compound C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008635 plant growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000144977 poultry Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000473 propyl gallate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010388 propyl gallate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940075579 propyl gallate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004063 propylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pteridine Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=NC=CN=C21 CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRJJQCWNZGRKAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-1-ium;fluoride Chemical compound F.C1=CC=NC=C1 GRJJQCWNZGRKAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004040 pyrrolidinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000163 radioactive labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007115 recruitment Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000664 rectum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003340 retarding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005713 safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003813 safflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001860 salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003346 selenoethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004756 silanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004760 silicates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WBHQBSYUUJJSRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bisulfate Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])(=O)=O WBHQBSYUUJJSRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910000342 sodium bisulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940100996 sodium bisulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium disulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000009518 sodium iodide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940001584 sodium metabisulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010262 sodium metabisulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940001482 sodium sulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010265 sodium sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000010110 spontaneous platelet aggregation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000707 stereoselective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003206 sterilizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003375 sulfoxide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008053 sultones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- GFYHSKONPJXCDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N sym-collidine Natural products CC1=CN=C(C)C(C)=C1 GFYHSKONPJXCDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003505 terpenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrothiophene Chemical compound C1CCSC1 RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)C CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940021747 therapeutic vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GVIJJXMXTUZIOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N thianthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 GVIJJXMXTUZIOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- DUYAAUVXQSMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-M thioacetate Chemical compound CC([S-])=O DUYAAUVXQSMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000002813 thiocarbonyl group Chemical group *C(*)=S 0.000 description 1
- QERYCTSHXKAMIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CS1 QERYCTSHXKAMIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- AOBORMOPSGHCAX-DGHZZKTQSA-N tocofersolan Chemical compound OCCOC(=O)CCC(=O)OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C AOBORMOPSGHCAX-DGHZZKTQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000984 tocofersolan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-M toluene-4-sulfonate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001889 triflyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940070710 valerate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N valeric acid Chemical compound CCCCC(O)=O NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019871 vegetable fat Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000016804 zinc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014692 zinc oxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002076 α-tocopherol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000004835 α-tocopherol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B40/00—Libraries per se, e.g. arrays, mixtures
- C40B40/04—Libraries containing only organic compounds
- C40B40/12—Libraries containing saccharides or polysaccharides, or derivatives thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H1/00—Processes for the preparation of sugar derivatives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H15/00—Compounds containing hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to hetero atoms of saccharide radicals
- C07H15/18—Acyclic radicals, substituted by carbocyclic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H3/00—Compounds containing only hydrogen atoms and saccharide radicals having only carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen atoms
- C07H3/06—Oligosaccharides, i.e. having three to five saccharide radicals attached to each other by glycosidic linkages
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B50/00—Methods of creating libraries, e.g. combinatorial synthesis
- C40B50/14—Solid phase synthesis, i.e. wherein one or more library building blocks are bound to a solid support during library creation; Particular methods of cleavage from the solid support
- C40B50/18—Solid phase synthesis, i.e. wherein one or more library building blocks are bound to a solid support during library creation; Particular methods of cleavage from the solid support using a particular method of attachment to the solid support
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B80/00—Linkers or spacers specially adapted for combinatorial chemistry or libraries, e.g. traceless linkers or safety-catch linkers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07B—GENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C07B2200/00—Indexing scheme relating to specific properties of organic compounds
- C07B2200/11—Compounds covalently bound to a solid support
Definitions
- Nucleic acids, proteins and polysaccharides are three major classes of biopolymers. While the first two systems are principally linear assemblies, polysaccharides are structurally more complex. This structural and stereochemical diversity results in a rich content of “information” in relatively small molecules. Nature further “leverages” the structural versatility of polysaccharides by their covalent attachment (i.e., “conjugation”) to other biomolecules such as isoprenoids, fatty acids, neutral lipids, peptides or proteins. Oligosaccharides in the form of glycoconjugates mediate a variety of events including inflammation, immunological response, metastasis and fertilization. Cell surface carbohydrates act as biological markers for various tumors and as binding sites for other substances including pathogens.
- oligosaccharides having the same sugar sequence and stereochemistry found on the active portion of a glycoprotein or glycolipid involved in the recognition phenomena.
- the oligosaccharides are believed to compete with the glycoproteins and glycolipids for binding sites on the relevant receptor(s).
- the disaccharide galactosyl- ⁇ -1-4-N-acetylglucosamine is believed to be one component of the glycoproteins which interact with receptors in the plasma membrane of liver cells.
- oligosaccharides and other saccharide compositions have the potential to open new horizons in pharmacology, diagnosis, and therapeutics.
- the level of complexity associated with the synthesis of an oligosaccharide on a polymer support dwarfs that associated with the other two classes of repeating biooligomers.
- the need to differentiate similar functional groups (hydroxyl or amino) in oligosaccharide construction is much greater than the corresponding needs in the synthesis of oligopeptides or oligonucleotides.
- each glycosidic bond to be fashioned in a growing oligosaccharide ensemble constitutes a new locus of stereogenicity.
- Combinatorial chemistry has been used in the synthesis of large numbers of structurally distinct molecules in a time and resource-efficient manner.
- Peptide, oligonucleotide, and small molecule libraries have been prepared and screened against receptors or enzymes to identify high-affinity ligands or potent inhibitors.
- These combinatorial libraries have provided large numbers of compounds to be screened against many targets for biological activity. Every pharmaceutical company now devotes a major effort to the area of combinatorial chemistry in order to develop new lead compounds in a rapid fashion.
- Combinatorial carbohydrate libraries hold a tremendous potential with regard to therapeutic applications.
- the key role complex oligosaccharides play in biological processes such as inflammation, immune response, cancer and fertilization makes them highly attractive therapeutic targets.
- the ability to create true oligosaccharide libraries has the potential to trigger a revolution in the area of biopharmaceuticals.
- a set of versatile linkers is described which are stable to a wide range of reaction conditions but can be cleaved in several ways to produce free oligosaccharides, fully-protected oligosaccharide building blocks and novel glycoconjugates. Furthermore, these linkers may be used to attach to solid supports building blocks useful in the assembly of libraries of other types of small molecules.
- the present invention relates to versatile linkers for tethering a molecule to a solid support, e.g., for tethering a monomer, oligomer or polymer to a solid support, which are stable to a wide range of reaction conditions, but can be cleaved under well-defined conditions, thereby liberating said molecule from the solid support.
- the linkers of the present invention are used to tether to the solid support unprotected, partially-protected or fully-protected monosaccharides or oligosaccharides, or unprotected, partially-protected or fully-protected glycoconjugates.
- the linkers of the present invention may be used to tether to solid supports building blocks useful in the assembly of libraries of other types of small molecules.
- the present invention relates to a molecule or plurality of molecules tethered to the solid support via a linker or linkers of the present invention.
- the present invention relates to processes for synthesizing molecules, e.g., monomers, oligomers or polymers, on a solid support, wherein a starting material in the synthesis of said molecule, intermediates in the synthesis of said molecule, and said molecule itself are tethered to the solid support during the process via one of the linkers of the present invention.
- the molecule is liberated from the solid support by cleavage of the linker of the present invention.
- the invention described herein is expected to enable the automated synthesis of oligosaccharides and glycoconjugates in much the same fashion that peptides and oligonucleotides are currently assembled.
- the ability to synthesize defined biologically important glycoconjugates will be far reaching with many direct applications to biomedical questions.
- Opportunities for the application of the present invention include the development of automated oligosaccharide synthesis machines.
- FIG. 1 depicts the structures of compounds 1-8 from Examples 1-8.
- FIG. 2 depicts the 1 H NMR spectrum of compound 1 from Example 1.
- FIG. 3 depicts the 1 H NMR spectrum of compound 2 from Example 2.
- FIG. 4 depicts the 1 H NMR spectrum of compound 3 from Example 3.
- FIG. 5 depicts the 1 H NMR spectrum of compound 4 from Example 4.
- FIG. 6 depicts the 1 H NMR spectrum of compound 5 from Example 5.
- FIG. 7 depicts the 1 H NMR spectrum of compound 6 from Example 6.
- FIG. 8 depicts the 1 H NMR spectrum of compound 7 from Example 7.
- FIG. 9 depicts the 1 H NMR spectrum of compound 8 from Example 8.
- FIG. 10 depicts HR-MAS NMR spectra of compounds 3 (spectrum a), 4 (spectrum b), 13 (spectrum c), and 10 (spectrum d) from Example 9.
- Novel, versatile linkers are described which are stable to a wide range of reaction conditions, but can be cleaved in several ways to provide free oligosaccharides, fully-protected oligosaccharide building blocks and glycoconjugates. Furthermore, the linkers may be used to attach to solid supports building blocks for the assembly of small molecule libraries.
- Polymeric resins equipped with linkers of the present invention can be marketed for use in combinatorial chemistry, and as a key elements in the solid-phase synthesis of oligosaccharides and combinatorial libraries of oligosaccharides.
- the linker which is used to attach the first sugar, or other building block, to the solid support can be viewed as a solid support-containing protecting group on the first building block.
- the chemical nature of this linker significantly influences the overall synthetic strategy as it informs the protecting group strategies and the reaction conditions that may be employed in the synthetic strategy. Complete stability of the linker during the synthesis and selective cleavage in high yield at the end of the synthesis are highly desirable.
- Linkers used to date for solid support oligosaccharide synthesis include silyl ethers, thioethers, succinyl esters and nitrobenzyl ethers. All of these linkers impose limitations upon the scope of reagents and protecting groups that may be employed during the synthesis, thus underscoring the need for new linker designs.
- the present invention relates to new linkers for the attachment of molecules, and libraries thereof, to solid supports.
- the molecules are saccharides, oligosaccharides, and/or polysaccharides wherein the individual saccharide residues attached directly to the linkers are attached via their anomeric carbons, and the linkers have the characteristic that at least one set of conditions for releasing the saccharides, oligosaccharides, and/or polysaccharides from the solid support provides saccharides, oligosaccharides, and/or polysaccharides wherein the residues that were attached directly to the solid support are transformed into glycosyl donors (see Scheme 1 below).
- the present invention relates to versatile linkers for tethering a molecule to a solid support, e.g., for tethering a monomer, oligomer or polymer to a solid support, which are stable to a wide range of reaction conditions, but can be cleaved under well-defined conditions, thereby liberating said molecule from the solid support.
- the linkers of the present invention are used to tether to the solid support unprotected, partially-protected or fully-protected monosaccharides or oligosaccharides, or unprotected, partially-protected or fully-protected glycoconjugates.
- the linkers of the present invention may be used to tether to solid supports building blocks useful in the assembly of libraries of other types of small molecules.
- the present invention relates to a molecule or plurality of molecules tethered to the solid support via a linker or linkers of the present invention.
- the present invention relates to processes for synthesizing molecules, e.g., monomers, oligomers or polymers, on a solid support, wherein a starting material in the synthesis of said molecule, intermediates in the synthesis of said molecule, and said molecule itself are tethered to the solid support during the process via one of the linkers of the present invention.
- the molecule is liberated from the solid support by cleavage of the linker of the present invention.
- a linker of the present invention are represented by generalized structure 9:
- X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, Se, NR, PR or AsR;
- Z independently for each occurrence represents CR, SiR, N, P or As;
- R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl
- R′ represents hydrogen or a solid support
- R′′ represents hydrogen, a mono-, oligo- or polysaccharide, a glycoconjugate, or a small molecule
- n 3;
- m is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein Z independently for each occurrence represents CR.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR; and Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; and Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; and Z independently for each occurrence represents CR.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein Z independently for each occurrence represents CR; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR; Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; Z independently for each occurrence represents CR; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents a solid support.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents H.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′′ represents H.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′′ represents a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′′ represents a monosaccharide, wherein the anomeric carbon of said monosaccharide is bonded to X.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′′ represents an oligosaccharide, wherein an anomeric carbon of said oligosaccharide is bonded to X.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents a solid support; and R′′ represents H.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 10:
- X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, Se, NR, PR or AsR;
- R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl
- R′ represents hydrogen or a solid support
- R′′ represents hydrogen, a mono-, oligo- or polysaccharide, a glycoconjugate, or a small molecule
- n 3;
- m is an integer greater than or equal 2.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents a solid support.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents H.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′′ represents H.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′′ represents a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′′ represents a monosaccharide, wherein the anomeric carbon of said monosaccharide is bonded to X.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′′ represents an oligosaccharide, wherein an anomeric carbon of said oligosaccharide is bonded to X.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents a solid support; and R′′ represents H.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11:
- X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, Se, NR, PR or AsR;
- R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl
- R′ represents hydrogen or a solid support
- R′′ represents hydrogen, a mono-, oligo- or polysaccharide, a glycoconjugate, or a small molecule
- n 3;
- m is an integer greater than or equal 2.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents a solid support.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents H.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′′ represents H.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′′ represents a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′′ represents a monosaccharide, wherein the anomeric carbon of said monosaccharide is bonded to X.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′′ represents an oligosaccharide, wherein an anomeric carbon of said oligosaccharide is bonded to X.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents a solid support; and R′′ represents H.
- a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents a solid support; and R′′ represents a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide.
- the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the step of:
- the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the step of:
- the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the steps of:
- the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the steps of:
- the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the steps of:
- the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the steps of:
- the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the steps of:
- the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the steps of:
- the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the steps of:
- the resin attached to the linker and represented by the filled circle may be of any type known to those of ordinary skill in the art, e.g., polystyrene.
- the new linkers are stable to a wide range of reaction conditions, but may be used to generate fully-protected oligosaccharide building blocks as well as a variety of anomeric handles (see Scheme 3 below).
- Cleavage of the octenediol based linker using olefin metathesis with ethylene in the presence of Grubbs' catalyst provides a pentenyl glycoside which in turn may function as a glycosyl donor.
- activation of the anomeric position by treatment with NIS/TESOTf or NBS/TESOTf or iodonium collidine perchlorate directly fashions glycosides when alkyl, benzyl or aryl alcohols are used.
- the double bond can be cleaved to afford a terminal aldehyde by ozonolysis or epoxidation (e.g. MCPBA) and cleavage of the epoxide (e.g. periodinate). Alternatively, dihydroxylation and periodinate cleavagewill afford the desired aldehyde.
- the aldehyde group on the anomeric spacer can be further converted into an alcohol or carboxylic acid functionality.
- the linkers have been rendered inert to a wide variety of reagents which react with double bonds by their bromination using known conditions to form the corresponding dibromide. See, e.g., Fraser-Reid, B.; Udodong, U. E.; Wu, Z.; Ottosson, H.; Merritt, J. R.; Rao, C. S.; Roberts, C.; Madsen, R. Synlett 1992, 927.
- the dibromide has been transformed back to the double bond by treatment with zinc, tetra-butylammonium iodide or samarium (II) iodide (see Scheme 5 below).
- the brominated linker allows for the use of pentenyl glycosides as glycosylating agents, which can be activated by NIS/TESOTf, and for the use of hydrogenation conditions, e.g., to remove benzyl protecting groups.
- This linker has been used in syntheses on solid support of oligosaccharides, employing the most powerful glycosyl donors developed to date, e.g., thioethyl glycosides, glycosyl trichloroacetimidates, glycosyl fluorides, and glycosyl phosphates.
- acceptor-bound synthesis strategy i.e., a strategy in which the glycosyl acceptor is attached to the solid support, typically through the anomeric carbon of the first residue.
- acceptor-bound strategy Utilizing traditional linkers, the acceptor-bound strategy is poorly suited to the preparation of glycoconjugates.
- the inability to provide efficiently anomeric glycoconjugates, the most common type of glycoconjugate, is a major shortcoming of the acceptor-bound strategy.
- the proposed pentenyl glycoside linkers allow for direct functionalization of the anomeric position and overcome this problem.
- a simple two step coupling cycle has been established (see Scheme 6 above). Removal of a temporary silyl ether or acetate protecting group exposes one hydroxyl group which will serve as a glycosyl acceptor in the next step. Acetate groups are removed by reaction with sodium methoxide while silyl ethers are cleaved by the action of HF-pyridine. Coupling of the incoming monosaccharide donor can be effected by activation with TMSOTf at ⁇ 78° C. in cases where glycosyl phosphates are employed. Coupling times of less than 30 minutes are expected.
- oligosaccharides containing different anomeric functionalities may be prepared.
- the functional groups may be exploited to access a host of neoglycoconjugates, dendrimers and other constructs.
- the olefinic linker disclosed here can serve as a handle in the preparation of combinatorial libraries of small molecules. Cleavage from the solid support can be accomplished in several ways including acidic hydrolysis, ring-closing metathesis (see, e.g., Maarseveen, J. H. et al. Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 8249-52), ozonolysis, and iodination (see Scheme 3 above).
- Potential targets include a host of heterocyclic compounds which make up the majority of pharmaceuticals produced today.
- the linkers of the present invention provide many advantages over the linkers currently known in the art.
- Currently available linkers for solid support oligosaccharide synthesis are either so labile that they severely restrict the chemistry on the solid support, or they are so stable that almost all chemistries can be accommodated but the final product cannot be cleaved fully. None of the currently available methods allow for cleavage to fashion different anomeric functionalities.
- the new linker will be stable to a wide range of reactions, therefore allowing for a variety of chemistries to be used.
- the linker may be cleaved selective and in quantitative yield at the end of the synthesis.
- a variety of anomeric functionalities may be generated which will serve to access glycoconjugates which may be used as carbohydrate vaccines, targeting devices, molecular probes and many other functions including diagnostics.
- Oligosaccharides either individually or as a library, synthesized utilizing the linkers of the present invention can be used for characterization and elucidation of the biological function(s) of oligosaccharide receptors as well as for the development of clinical diagnostic agents, immunomodulators, therapeutic and conjugate vaccines, and the like. Oligosaccharides prepared utilizing linkers of the present invention will be useful for modulating cell-mediated immune responses in a mammal, including cell-mediated and immune-directed inflammatory responses to an antigen in a sensitized mammal.
- oligosaccharides identified by the method of the instant invention will be useful in therapeutic applications for treating or preventing a variety of diseases, including cancer, inflammation, and diseases caused or exacerbated by platelet aggregation or angiogenic activity.
- Administration of the oligosaccharides synthesized via the methods of the invention will typically be by routes appropriate for glycosaminoglycan or other carbohydrate compositions, and generally includes systemic administration, such as by injection.
- intravenous injection such as continuous injection over long time periods, can be carried out.
- introduction into the vascular system through intraluminal administration or by adventitial administration using osmotic pumps or implants.
- Typical implants contain biodegradable materials such as collagen, polylactate, polylactate/polyglycoside mixtures, and the like. These may be formulated as patches or beads.
- Typical dosage ranges may be in the range of 0.1-10 mg/kg/hr on a constant basis over a period of 5-30, preferably 7-14, days.
- Other modes of administration include subcutaneous injection, including transmembrane or transdermal or other topical administration for localized injury.
- Localized administration through a continuous release device, such as a supporting matrix, perhaps included in a vascular graft material, can be useful where the location of the trauma is accessible.
- Formulations suitable for the foregoing modes of administration are known in the art, and a suitable compendium of formulations is found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., latest edition.
- the oligosaccharides may also be labeled using typical methods such as radiolabeling, fluorescent labeling, chromophores or enzymes, enabling assays of the amount of such compounds in a biological sample following its administration.
- nucleophile is recognized in the art, and as used herein means a chemical moiety having a reactive pair of electrons.
- Electrophilic moieties useful in the method of the present invention include halides and sulfonates.
- the term “electron-withdrawing group” is recognized in the art, and denotes the tendency of a substituent to attract valence electrons from neighboring atoms, i.e., the substituent is electronegative with respect to neighboring atoms.
- a quantification of the level of electron-withdrawing capability is given by the Hammett sigma ( ⁇ ) constant. This well known constant is described in many references, for instance, J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, McGraw Hill Book Company, New York, (1977 edition) pp. 251-259.
- Exemplary electron-withdrawing groups include nitro, ketone, aldehyde, sulfonyl, trifluoromethyl, —CN, chloride, and the like.
- Exemplary electron-donating groups include amino, methoxy, and the like.
- catalytic amount is recognized in the art and means a substoichiometric amount of a reagent relative to a reactant. As used herein, a catalytic amount means from 0.0001 to 90 mole percent reagent relative to a reactant, more preferably from 0.001 to 50 mole percent, still more preferably from 0.01 to 10 mole percent, and even more preferably from 0.1 to 5 mole percent reagent to reactant.
- alkyl refers to the radical of saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl groups, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl substituted alkyl groups.
- a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C 1 -C 30 for straight chain, C 3 -C 30 for branched chain), and more preferably 20 or fewer.
- preferred cycloalkyls have from 3-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and more preferably have 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ring structure.
- alkyl (or “lower alkyl”) as used throughout the specification and claims is intended to include both “unsubstituted alkyls” and “substituted alkyls”, the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
- Such substituents can include, for example, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, an ester, a formyl, or a ketone), a thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), an alkoxyl, a phosphoryl, a phosphonate, a phosphinate, an amino, an amido, an amidine, an imine, a cyano, a nitro, an azido, a sulfhydryl, an alkylthio, a sulfate, a sulfonate, a sulfamoyl, a sulfonamido, a sulfonyl, a heterocyclyl, an aralkyl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety.
- a halogen such as a hydroxyl,
- the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate.
- the substituents of a substituted alkyl may include substituted and unsubstituted forms of amino, azido, imino, amido, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamido, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, alkylthios, carbonyls (including ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), —CF 3 , —CN and the like.
- Cycloalkyls can be further substituted with alkyls, alkenyls, alkoxys, alkylthios, aminoalkyls, carbonyl-substituted alkyls, —CF 3 , —CN, and the like.
- arylalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group (e.g., an aromatic or heteroaromatic group).
- alkenyl and alkynyl refer to unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that comprise a double or triple bond, respectively.
- lower alkyl as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, but having from one to ten carbons, more preferably from one to six carbon atoms in its backbone structure. Likewise, “lower alkenyl” and “lower alkynyl” have similar chain lengths. Preferred alkyl groups are lower alkyls. In preferred embodiments, a substituent designated herein as alkyl is a lower alkyl.
- aryl as used herein includes 5-, 6- and 7-membered single-ring aromatic groups that may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for example, benzene, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine, and the like.
- aryl heterocycles or “heteroaromatics”.
- the aromatic ring can be substituted at one or more ring positions with such substituents as described above, for example, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, alkylthio, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, ketone, aldehyde, ester, heterocyclyl, aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties, —CF 3 , —CN, or the like.
- substituents as described above, for example, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphonate,
- aryl also includes polycyclic ring systems having two or more rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings (the rings are “fused”) wherein at least one of the rings is aromatic, e.g., the other rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls and/or heterocyclyls.
- heterocyclyl or “heterocyclic group” refer to 3- to 10-membered ring structures, more preferably 3- to 7-membered rings, whose ring structures include one to four heteroatoms. Heterocycles can also be polycycles.
- Heterocyclyl groups include, for example, thiophene, thianthrene, furan, pyran, isobenzofuran, chromene, xanthene, phenoxathiin, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, isothiazole, isoxazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, perimidine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phenarsazine, phenothiazine, furazan, phenoxazine, pyrrolidine, ox
- the heterocyclic ring can be substituted at one or more positions with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhlydryl, imino, amido, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, alkylthio, sulfonyl, ketone, aldehyde, ester, a heterocyclyl, an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, —CF 3 , —CN, or the like.
- substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhlydryl, imino, amido, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl,
- polycyclyl or “polycyclic group” refer to two or more rings (e.g., cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls and/or heterocyclyls) in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings, e.g., the rings are “fused rings”. Rings that are joined through non-adjacent atoms are termed “bridged” rings.
- Each of the rings of the polycycle can be substituted with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, alkylthio, sulfonyl, ketone, aldehyde, ester, a heterocyclyl, an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, —CF 3 , —CN, or the like.
- substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, si
- carrier refers to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring in which each atom of the ring is carbon.
- heteroatom as used herein means an atom of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatoms are nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorous.
- nitro means —NO 2 ;
- halogen designates —F, —Cl, —Br or —I;
- sulfhydryl means —SH;
- hydroxyl means —OH; and
- sulfonyl means —SO 2 —.
- amine and “amino” are art recognized and refer to both unsubstituted and substituted amines, e.g., a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
- R 9 , R 10 and R′ 10 each independently represent a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, —(CH 2 ) m —R 8 , or R 9 and R 10 taken together with the N atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure;
- R 8 represents an aryl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, a heterocycle or a polycycle; and
- m is zero or an integer in the range of 1 to 8.
- only one of R 9 or R 10 can be a carbonyl, e.g., R 9 , R 10 and the nitrogen together do not form an imide.
- R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, or —(CH 2 ) m —R 8 .
- alkylamine as used herein means an amine group, as defined above, having a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl attached thereto, i.e., at least one of R 9 and R 10 is an alkyl group.
- acylamino is art-recognized and refers to a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
- R 9 is as defined above
- R′ 11 represents a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl or —(CH 2 ) m —R 8 , where m and R 8 are as defined above.
- amino is art recognized as an amino-substituted carbonyl and includes a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
- R 9 , R 10 are as defined above.
- Preferred embodiments of the amide will not include imides which may be unstable.
- alkylthio refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having a sulfur radical attached thereto.
- the “alkylthio” moiety is represented by one of —S-alkyl, —S-alkenyl, —S-alkynyl, and —S—(CH 2 ) m —R 8 , wherein m and R 8 are defined above.
- Representative alkylthio groups include methylthio, ethylthio, and the like.
- carbonyl is art recognized and includes such moieties as can be represented by the general formula:
- X is a bond or represents an oxygen or a sulfur
- R 11 represents a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, —(CH 2 ) m —R 8 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
- R′ 11 represents a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl or —(CH 2 ) m —R 8 , where m and R 8 are as defined above.
- X is an oxygen and R 11 or R′ 11 is not hydrogen
- the formula represents an “ester”.
- X is an oxygen
- R 11 is as defined above, the moiety is referred to herein as a carboxyl group, and particularly when R 11 is a hydrogen, the formula represents a “carboxylic acid”.
- alkoxyl refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having an oxygen radical attached thereto.
- Representative alkoxyl groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
- An “ether” is two hydrocarbons covalently linked by an oxygen. Accordingly, the substituent of an alkyl that renders that alkyl an ether is or resembles an alkoxyl, such as can be represented by one of —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —-alkynyl, —O—(CH 2 ) m —R 8 , where m and R 8 are described above.
- R 41 is an electron pair, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl.
- sulfoxido or “sulfinyl”, as used herein, refers to a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
- R 44 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, or aryl.
- a “phosphoryl” can in general be represented by the formula:
- Q 1 represented S or O, and each R 46 independently represents hydrogen, a lower alkyl or an aryl, Q 2 represents O, S or N.
- Q 1 represents an S
- the phosphoryl moiety is a “phosphorothioate”.
- a “phosphoramidite” can be represented in the general formula:
- R 9 and R 10 are as defined above, and Q 2 represents O, S or N.
- a “phosphonamidite” can be represented in the general formula:
- R 9 and R 10 are as defined above, Q 2 represents O, S or N, and R 48 represents a lower alkyl or an aryl, Q 2 represents O, S or N.
- a “selenoalkyl” refers to an alkyl group having a substituted seleno group attached thereto.
- Exemplary “selenoethers” which may be substituted on the alkyl are selected from one of —Se-alkyl, —Se-alkenyl, —Se-alkynyl, and —Se—(CH 2 ) m —R 7 , m and R 7 being defined above.
- Analogous substitutions can be made to alkenyl and alkynyl groups to produce, for example, aminoalkenyls, aminoalkynyls, amidoalkenyls, amidoalkynyls, iminoalkenyls, iminoalkynyls, thioalkenyls, thioalkynyls, carbonyl-substituted alkenyls or alkynyls.
- protecting group means temporary modifications of a potentially reactive functional group which protect it from undesired chemical transformations.
- protecting groups include esters of carboxylic acids, silyl ethers of alcohols, and acetals and ketals of aldehydes and ketones, respectively.
- the field of protecting group chemistry has been reviewed (Greene, T. W.; Wuts, P. G. M. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2 nd ed.; Wiley: New York, 1991).
- substitution or “substituted with” includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
- the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds.
- the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds.
- Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described hereinabove.
- the permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds.
- the heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms. This invention is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds.
- a “polar solvent” means a solvent which has a dielectric constant ( ⁇ ) of 2.9 or greater, such as DMF, THF, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (DME), DMSO, acetone, acetonitrile, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-propanol, t-butanol or 2-methoxyethyl ether.
- Preferred solvents are DMF, DME, NMP, and acetonitrile.
- a “polar, aprotic solvent” means a polar solvent as defined above which has no available hydrogens to exchange with the compounds of this invention during reaction, for example DMF, acetonitrile, diglyme, DMSO, or THF.
- An “aprotic solvent” means a non-nucleophilic solvent having a boiling point range above ambient temperature, preferably from about 25° C. to about 190° C., more preferably from about 80° C. to about 160° C., most preferably from about 80° C. to 150° C., at atmospheric pressure.
- solvents are acetonitrile, toluene, DMF, diglyme, THF or DMSO.
- the chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 67th Ed., 1986-87, inside cover.
- the term “hydrocarbon” is contemplated to include all permissible compounds having at least one hydrogen and one carbon atom.
- the permissible hydrocarbons include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic organic compounds which can be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the present invention provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions which comprise a therapeutically-effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents.
- the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be specially formulated for administration in solid or liquid form, including those adapted for the following: (1) oral administration, for example, drenches (aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions), tablets, boluses, powders, granules, pastes for application to the tongue; (2) parenteral administration, for example, by subcutaneous, intramuscular or intravenous injection as, for example, a sterile solution or suspension; (3) topical application, for example, as a cream, ointment or spray applied to the skin; or (4) intravaginally or intrarectally, for example, as a pessary, cream or foam.
- terapéuticaally-effective amount means that amount of a compound, material, or composition comprising a compound of the present invention which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect in at least a sub-population of cells in an animal at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
- phrases “pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the subject compound from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
- a pharmaceutically-acceptable material such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the subject compound from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
- Each carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the patient.
- materials which can serve as pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydrox
- certain embodiments of the present compounds may contain a basic functional group, such as amino or alkylamino, and are, thus, capable of forming pharmaceutically-acceptable salts with pharmaceutically-acceptable acids.
- pharmaceutically-acceptable salts refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or by separately reacting a purified compound of the invention in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed.
- Representative salts include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, napthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, and laurylsulphonate salts and the like.
- sulfate bisulfate
- phosphate nitrate
- acetate valerate
- oleate palmitate
- stearate laurate
- benzoate lactate
- phosphate tosylate
- citrate maleate
- fumarate succinate
- tartrate napthylate
- mesylate glucoheptonate
- lactobionate lactobionate
- laurylsulphonate salts and the like See, for example,
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the subject compounds include the conventional nontoxic salts or quaternary ammonium salts of the compounds, e.g., from non-toxic organic or inorganic acids.
- such conventional nontoxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloride, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric, and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, palmitic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicyclic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isothionic, and the like.
- the compounds of the present invention may contain one or more acidic functional groups and, thus, are capable of forming pharmaceutically-acceptable salts with pharmaceutically-acceptable bases.
- pharmaceutically-acceptable salts refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic base addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These salts can likewise be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds, or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free acid form with a suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically-acceptable metal cation, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically-acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine.
- a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically-acceptable metal cation, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically-acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine.
- Representative alkali or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts and the like.
- Representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and the like. (See, for example, Berge et al., supra)
- wetting agents such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the compositions.
- antioxidants examples include: (1) water soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid, cysteine hydrochloride, sodium bisulfate, sodium metabisulfite, sodium sulfite and the like; (2) oil-soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), lecithin, propyl gallate, alpha-tocopherol, and the like; and (3) metal chelating agents, such as citric acid, ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), sorbitol, tartaric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
- water soluble antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, cysteine hydrochloride, sodium bisulfate, sodium metabisulfite, sodium sulfite and the like
- oil-soluble antioxidants such as ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), le
- Formulations of the present invention include those suitable for oral, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal and/or parenteral administration.
- the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
- the amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host being treated, the particular mode of administration.
- the amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will generally be that amount of the compound which produces a therapeutic effect. Generally, out of one hundred percent, this amount will range from about 1 percent to about ninety-nine percent of active ingredient, preferably from about 5 percent to about 70 percent, most preferably from about 10 percent to about 30 percent.
- Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include the step of bringing into association a compound of the present invention with the carrier and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients.
- the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association a compound of the present invention with liquid carriers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
- Formulations of the invention suitable for oral administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as an elixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia) and/or as mouth washes and the like, each containing a predetermined amount of a compound of the present invention as an active ingredient.
- a compound of the present invention may also be administered as a bolus, electuary or paste.
- the active ingredient is mixed with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, and/or any of the following: (1) fillers or extenders, such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; (2) binders, such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and/or acacia; (3) humectants, such as glycerol; (4) disintegrating agents, such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate; (5) solution retarding agents, such as paraffin; (6) absorption accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds; (7) wetting agents, such as
- compositions may also comprise buffering agents.
- Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
- a tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
- Compressed tablets may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium starch glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), surface-active or dispersing agent.
- Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
- the tablets, and other solid dosage forms of the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may optionally be scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical-formulating art. They may also be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile, other polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres.
- compositions may be sterilized by, for example, filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved in sterile water, or some other sterile injectable medium immediately before use.
- These compositions may also optionally contain opacifying agents and may be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain portion of the gastrointestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner.
- embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
- the active ingredient can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-described excipients.
- Liquid dosage forms for oral administration of the compounds of the invention include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs.
- the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, Water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
- inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, Water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and
- the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.
- adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.
- Suspensions in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
- suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
- Formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention for rectal or vaginal administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the invention with one or more suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
- suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
- Formulations of the present invention which are suitable for vaginal administration also include pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
- Dosage forms for the topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches and inhalants.
- the active compound may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
- the ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to an active compound of this invention, excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
- excipients such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
- Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to a compound of this invention, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances.
- Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
- Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound of the present invention to the body.
- dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispersing the compound in the proper medium.
- Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate of such flux can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
- Ophthalmic formulations are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
- compositions of this invention suitable for parenteral administration comprise one or more compounds of the invention in combination with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
- aqueous and nonaqueous carriers examples include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate.
- polyols such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like
- vegetable oils such as olive oil
- injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
- Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
- compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms upon the subject compounds may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the compositions. In addition, prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents.
- Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the subject compounds in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending on the ratio of drug to polymer, and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissue.
- biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide.
- Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissue.
- the compounds of the present invention are administered as pharmaceuticals, to humans and animals, they can be given per se or as a pharmaceutical composition containing, for example, 0.1 to 99.5% (more preferably, 0.5 to 90%) of active ingredient in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the preparations of the present invention may be given orally, parenterally, topically, or rectally. They are of course given in forms suitable for each administration route. For example, they are administered in tablets or capsule form, by injection, inhalation, eye lotion, ointment, suppository, etc. administration by injection, infusion or inhalation; topical by lotion or ointment; and rectal by suppositories. Oral administrations are preferred.
- parenteral administration and “administered parenterally” as used herein means modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, usually by injection, and includes, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intraarticulare, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrastemal injection and infusion.
- systemic administration means the administration of a compound, drug or other material other than directly into the central nervous system, such that it enters the patient's system and, thus, is subject to metabolism and other like processes, for example, subcutaneous administration.
- These compounds may be administered to humans and other animals for therapy by any suitable route of administration, including orally, nasally, as by, for example, a spray, rectally, intravaginally, parenterally, intracisternally and topically, as by powders, ointments or drops, including buccally and sublingually.
- the compounds of the present invention which may be used in a suitable hydrated form, and/or the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, are formulated into pharmaceutically-acceptable dosage forms by conventional methods known to those of skill in the art.
- the selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the particular compound of the present invention employed, or the ester, salt or amide thereof, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular compound employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
- a physician or veterinarian having ordinary skill in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition required.
- the physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds of the invention employed in the pharmaceutical composition at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
- a suitable daily dose of a compound of the invention will be that amount of the compound which is the lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic effect. Such an effective dose will generally depend upon the factors described above. Generally, intravenous, intracerebroventricular and subcutaneous doses of the compounds of this invention for a patient, when used for the indicated analgesic effects, will range from about 0.0001 to about 100 mg per kilogram of body weight per day.
- the effective daily dose of the active compound may be administered as two, three, four, five, six or more sub-doses administered separately at appropriate intervals throughout the day, optionally, in unit dosage forms.
- composition While it is possible for a compound of the present invention to be administered alone, it is preferable to administer the compound as a pharmaceutical formulation (composition).
- the present invention provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions which comprise a therapeutically-effective amount of one or more of the subject co,pounds, as described above, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents.
- compositions of the present invention may be specially formulated for administration in solid or liquid form, including those adapted for the following: (1) oral administration, for example, drenches (aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions), tablets, boluses, powders, granules, pastes for application to the tongue; (2) parenteral administration, for example, by subcutaneous, intramuscular or intravenous injection as, for example, a sterile solution or suspension; (3) topical application, for example, as a cream, ointment or spray applied to the skin; or (4) intravaginally or intravectally, for example, as a pessary, cream or foam.
- oral administration for example, drenches (aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions), tablets, boluses, powders, granules, pastes for application to the tongue
- parenteral administration for example, by subcutaneous, intramuscular or intravenous injection as, for example, a sterile solution or suspension
- topical application for
- the compounds according to the invention may be formulated for administration in any convenient way for use in human or veterinary medicine, by analogy with other pharmaceuticals.
- treatment is intended to encompass also prophylaxis, therapy and cure.
- the patient receiving this treatment is any animal in need, including primates, in particular humans, and other mammals such as equines, cattle, swine and sheep; and poultry and pets in general.
- the compound of the invention can be administered as such or in admixtures with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and can also be administered in conjunction with antimicrobial agents such as penicillins, cephalosporins, aminoglycosides and glycopeptides.
- Conjunctive therapy thus includes sequential, simultaneous and separate administration of the active compound in a way that the therapeutical effects of the first administered one is not entirely disappeared when the subsequent is administered.
- the addition of the active compound of the invention to animal feed is preferably accomplished by preparing an appropriate feed premix containing the active compound in an effective amount and incorporating the premix into the complete ration.
- an intermediate concentrate or feed supplement containing the active ingredient can be blended into the feed.
- feed premixes and complete rations can be prepared and administered are described in reference books (such as “Applied Animal Nutrition”, W. H. Freedman and CO., San. Francisco, U.S.A., 1969 or “Livestock Feeds and Feeding” 0 and B books, Corvallis, Ore., U.S.A., 1977).
- High throughput screening In the current era of drug development, high throughput screening of thousands to millions of compounds plays a key role. High throughput screening generally incorporates automation and robotics to enable testing these thousands to millions of compounds in one or more bioassays in a relatively short period of time. This high capacity screening technique requires enormous amounts of “raw materials” having immense molecular diversity to fill available capacity. Accordingly, combinatorial chemistry will play a significant role in meeting this demand for new molecules for screening. Once “leads” are identified using high throughput screening techniques, combinatorial chemistry will be advantageously used to optimize these initial leads (which analogs/variants will be tested in the same high throughput screening assay(s) that identified the initial lead).
- a combinatorial library for the purposes of the present invention is a mixture of chemically-related compounds which may be screened together for a desired property; said libraries may be in solution or covalently linked to a solid support.
- the preparation of many related compounds in a single reaction greatly reduces and simplifies the number of screening processes which need to be carried out. Screening for the appropriate biological, pharmaceutical, agrochemical or physical property may be done by conventional methods.
- the substrate aryl groups used in a combinatorial approach can be diverse in terms of the core aryl moiety, e.g., a variegation in terms of the ring structure, and/or can be varied with respect to the other substituents.
- a library of substituted diversomers can be synthesized using the subject reactions adapted to the techniques described in the Still et al. PCT publication WO 94/08051, e.g., being linked to a polymer bead by a hydrolyzable or photolyzable group, e.g., located at one of the positions of substrate.
- the library is synthesized on a set of beads, each bead including a set of tags identifying the particular diversomer on that bead.
- the beads can be dispersed on the surface of a permeable membrane, and the diversomers released from the beads by lysis of the bead linker.
- the diversomer from each bead will diffuse across the membrane to an assay zone, where it will interact with an enzyme assay.
- MS mass spectrometry
- a compound selected from a combinatorial library can be irradiated in a MALDI step in order to release the diversomer from the matrix, and ionize the diversomer for MS analysis.
- the libraries of the subject method can take the multipin library format.
- Geysen and co-workers (Geysen et al. (1984) PNAS 81:3998-4002) introduced a method for generating compound libraries by a parallel synthesis on polyacrylic acid-grated polyethylene pins arrayed in the microtitre plate format.
- the Geysen technique can be used to synthesize and screen thousands of compounds per week using the multipin method, and the tethered compounds may be reused in many assays.
- Appropriate linker moieties can also been appended to the pins so that the compounds may be cleaved from the supports after synthesis for assessment of purity and further evaluation (cf., Bray et al. (1990) Tetrahedron Lett 31:5811-5814; Valerio et al. (1991) Anal Biochem 197:168-177; Bray et al. (1991) Tetrahedron Lett 32:6163-6166).
- a variegated library of compounds can be provided on a set of beads utilizing the strategy of divide-couple-recombine (see, e.g., Houghten (1985) PNAS 82:5131-5135; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,631,211; 5,440,016; 5,480,971).
- the beads are divided into separate groups equal to the number of different substituents to be added at a particular position in the library, the different substituents coupled in separate reactions, and the beads recombined into one pool for the next iteration.
- the divide-couple-recombine strategy can be carried out using an analogous approach to the so-called “tea bag” method first developed by Houghten, where compound synthesis occurs on resin sealed inside porous polypropylene bags (Houghten et al. (1986) PNAS 82:5131-5135). Substituents are coupled to the compound-bearing resins by placing the bags in appropriate reaction solutions, while all common steps such as resin washing and deprotection are performed simultaneously in one reaction vessel. At the end of the synthesis, each bag contains a single compound.
- a scheme of combinatorial synthesis in which the identity of a compound is given by its locations on a synthesis substrate is termed a spatially-addressable synthesis.
- the combinatorial process is carried out by controlling the addition of a chemical reagent to specific locations on a solid support (Dower et al. (1991) Annu Rep Med Chem 26:271-280; Fodor, S. P. A. (1991) Science 251:767; Pirrung et al. (1992) U.S. Pat. No. 5,143,854; Jacobs et al. (1994) Trends Biotechnol 12:19-26).
- the spatial resolution of photolithography affords miniaturization. This technique can be carried out through the use protection/deprotection reactions with photolabile protecting groups.
- a synthesis substrate is prepared for coupling through the covalent attachment of photolabile nitroveratryloxycarbonyl (NVOC) protected amino linkers or other photolabile linkers.
- Light is used to selectively activate a specified region of the synthesis support for coupling. Removal of the photolabile protecting groups by light (deprotection) results in activation of selected areas. After activation, the first of a set of amino acid analogs, each bearing a photolabile protecting group on the amino terminus, is exposed to the entire surface. Coupling only occurs in regions that were addressed by light in the preceding step.
- the reaction is stopped, the plates washed, and the substrate is again illuminated through a second mask, activating a different region for reaction with a second protected building block.
- the pattern of masks and the sequence of reactants define the products and their locations. Since this process utilizes photolithography techniques, the number of compounds that can be synthesized is limited only by the number of synthesis sites that can be addressed with appropriate resolution. The position of each compound is precisely known; hence, its interactions with other molecules can be directly assessed.
- the subject method utilizes a compound library provided with an encoded tagging system.
- a recent improvement in the identification of active compounds from combinatorial libraries employs chemical indexing systems using tags that uniquely encode the reaction steps a given bead has undergone and, by inference, the structure it carries.
- this approach mimics phage display libraries, where activity derives from expressed peptides, but the structures of the active peptides are deduced from the corresponding genomic DNA sequence.
- the first encoding of synthetic combinatorial libraries employed DNA as the code.
- a variety of other forms of encoding have been reported, including encoding with sequenceable bio-oligomers (e.g., oligonucleotides and peptides), and binary encoding with additional non-sequenceable tags.
- a combinatorial library of nominally 7 7 ( 823,543) peptides composed of all combinations of Arg, Gln, Phe, Lys, Val, D-Val and Thr (three-letter amino acid code), each of which was encoded by a specific dinucleotide (TA, TC, CT, AT, TT, CA and AC, respectively), was prepared by a series of alternating rounds of peptide and oligonucleotide synthesis on solid support.
- the amine linking functionality on the bead was specifically differentiated toward peptide or oligonucleotide synthesis by simultaneously preincubating the beads with reagents that generate protected OH groups for oligonucleotide synthesis and protected NH 2 groups for peptide synthesis (here, in a ratio of 1:20).
- the tags each consisted of 69-mers, 14 units of which carried the code.
- the bead-bound library was incubated with a fluorescently labeled antibody, and beads containing bound antibody that fluoresced strongly were harvested by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS).
- FACS fluorescence-activated cell sorting
- compound libraries can be derived for use in the subject method, where the oligonucleotide sequence of the tag identifies the sequential combinatorial reactions that a particular bead underwent, and therefore provides the identity of the compound on the bead.
- oligonucleotide tags permits extremelyly sensitive tag analysis. Even so, the method requires careful choice of orthogonal sets of protecting groups required for alternating co-synthesis of the tag and the library member. Furthermore, the chemical lability of the tag, particularly the phosphate and sugar anomeric linkages, may limit the choice of reagents and conditions that can be employed for the synthesis of non-oligomeric libraries. In certain embodiments, the libraries employ linkers permitting selective detachment of the test compound library member for assay.
- Peptides have also been employed as tagging molecules for combinatorial libraries.
- Two exemplary approaches are described in the art, both of which employ branched linkers to solid phase upon which coding and ligand strands are alternately elaborated.
- orthogonality in synthesis is achieved by employing acid-labile protection for the coding strand and base-labile protection for the compound strand.
- branched linkers are employed so that the coding unit and the test compound can both be attached to the same functional group on the resin.
- a cleavable linker can be placed between the branch point and the bead so that cleavage releases a molecule containing both code and the compound (Ptek et al. (1991) Tetrahedron Lett 32:3891-3894).
- the cleavable linker can be placed so that the test compound can be selectively separated from the bead, leaving the code behind. This last construct is particularly valuable because it permits screening of the test compound without potential interference of the coding groups. Examples in the art of independent cleavage and sequencing of peptide library members and their corresponding tags has confirmed that the tags can accurately predict the peptide structure.
- An alternative form of encoding the test compound library employs a set of non-sequencable electrophoric tagging molecules that are used as a binary code (Ohlmeyer et al. (1993) PNAS 90:10922-10926).
- Exemplary tags are haloaromatic alkyl ethers that are detectable as their trimethylsilyl ethers at less than femtomolar levels by electron capture gas chromatography (ECGC). Variations in the length of the alkyl chain, as well as the nature and position of the aromatic halide substituents, permit the synthesis of at least 40 such tags, which in principle can encode 2 40 (e.g., upwards of 10 12 ) different molecules.
- Both libraries were constructed using an orthogonal attachment strategy in which the library member was linked to the solid support by a photolabile linker and the tags were attached through a linker cleavable only by vigorous oxidation. Because the library members can be repetitively partially photoeluted from the solid support, library members can be utilized in multiple assays. Successive photoelution also permits a very high throughput iterative screening strategy: first, multiple beads are placed in 96-well microtiter plates; second, compounds are partially detached and transferred to assay plates; third, a metal binding assay identifies the active wells; fourth, the corresponding beads are rearrayed singly into new microtiter plates; fifth, single active compounds are identified; and sixth, the structures are decoded.
- Polymer bound compounds were analyzed by magic angle spinning NMR with the following conditions: spectra were obtained on a Bruker DRX500 spectrometer, operating at 500.13 MHz ( 1 H) equipped with a 4 mm Bruker CCA HR-MAS probe. Samples 3-6 (20 mg at 0.50 mmol/g) were loaded into a ceramic rotor, suspended in 30 ⁇ L CD 2 Cl 2 and spun at the magic angle at 3.5 KHz. 1 H NMR spectra were obtained with a Carr-Purcell-Meiboom-Gill pulse sequence; 128 transients (64 s acquisition time, 0.5 s realization delay) were accumulated.
- the aqueous phase was extracted several times with hexanes to remove impurities.
- the aqueous phase was then extracted with diethyl ether and methylene chloride.
- the combined organics were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , concentrated, and co-evaporated with toluene (3 ⁇ 20 mL) to afford pure diol (50.2 g, 59% yield).
- Deprotection of the DMT functionalized resin was accomplished by washing the resin with 3 ⁇ 20 mL 3% dichloroacetic acid/CH 2 Cl 2 . Further washing with 3 ⁇ 20 mL CH 2 Cl 2 , 1% TEA/CH 2 Cl 2 , CH 2 Cl 2 and drying under vacuum afforded 0.945 g resin 3 (0.62 mmol/g).
- Linker functionalized resin 3 (0.2324 g, 0.125 mmol, 1 equiv) was swelled in CH 2 Cl 2 (5 mL) with constant shaking for 15 min.
- a solution of dibutyl 6-O-acetyl-3,4-di-O-benzyl-2-O-pivaloyl- ⁇ -D-glucopyranoside phosphate (0.339 g, 0.500 mmol, 4 equiv) in CH 2 Cl 2 (1 mL) was added via cannula and the reaction vessel was shaken at room temperature for 15 min. After cooling to ⁇ 78° C.
- Linker functionalized resin 3 (0.500 g, 0.31 mmol, 1 equiv) was swelled in CH 2 Cl 2 (10 mL) with constant shaking for 15 min.
- a solution of dibutyl 3,4-di-O-benzyl-2-O-pivaloyl-6-O-triisopropylsilyl- ⁇ -D-glucopyranoside phosphate (1.03 g, 1.30 mmol, 4 equiv) in CH 2 Cl 2 (3 mL) was added via cannula and the reaction vessel was shaken at room temperature for 30 min. After cooling to ⁇ 78° C.
- Linker functionalized resin 3 (0.489 g, 0.24 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was swelled in a solution of 2-O-acetyl-3,4,6-tri-O-benzyl- ⁇ -D-mannopyranosyl trichloroacetimidate (0.623 g, 0.978 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (10 mL) and shaken for 15 min at room temperature. Trimethylsilyltriflate (50 ⁇ L, 0.245 mmol) was then added, and the reaction was shaken for 1.5 hr at room temperature. The reaction was then filtered and washed several times switching between CH 2 Cl 2 and THF (10 mL each). Drying under vacuum over P 2 O 5 afforded 0.610 g resin.
- a novel 4,5-dibromooctane-1,8-diol linker served in the solid support preparation of a ⁇ -(1 ⁇ 6) trisaccharide employing electrophilic activation of thioethyl glycoside building blocks. Debromination of the resin-bound linker-double bond could effectively be carried out by olefin cross-metathesis revealing the desired trimeric n-pentenyl glycoside. High-resolution Magic Angle Spinning NMR (HR-MAS NMR) spectroscopy was used as an analytical tool for the monitoring and development of the solid-phase reactions.
- HR-MAS NMR Magic Angle Spinning NMR
- a variety of groups including silanes, 10 thioethers, 8a benzylidene acetals, 11 succinamides, 12 photolabile esters, 6,8b,13 p-acylaminobenzyl esters, 14 branched alkenes, 15 and tris(alkoxy)benzyl amines (BAL) 16 have been employed to anchor the growing oligosaccharide to the solid support. Most of these linkers interfere with some common activation or deprotection conditions, thus limiting the versatility and flexibility in synthetic planning.
- linkers containing olefinic double bonds are incompatible with linkers containing olefinic double bonds.
- a universally applicable linker that is inert to a wide range of glycosylation and deprotection conditions employed in oligosaccharide synthesis would be most useful.
- a 4,5-dibromooctane-1,8-diol linker that makes the synthetic utility of the octenediol linker concept available to syntheses using NPG and thioglycoside building blocks.
- a trisaccharide was prepared using a novel dibromo-masked octenediol linker.
- High-resolution magic angle spinning NMR spectroscopy(HR-MAS NMR) 20 indicated complete conversion of the alkene as judged by disappearance of the olefinic proton signals ( ⁇ 5.4 ppm in the 1 H-NMR; see FIG. 10, spectra a and b).
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Structural Engineering (AREA)
- Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to versatile linkers for tethering a molecule to a solid support, e.g., for tethering a monomer, oligomer or polymer to a solid support, which are stable to a wide range of reaction conditions, but can be cleaved under well-defined conditions, thereby liberating said molecule from the solid support. In preferred embodiments, the linkers of the present invention are used to tether to the solid support unprotected, partially-protected or fully-protected monosaccharides or oligosaccharides, or unprotected, partially-protected or fully-protected glycoconjugates. In other embodiments, the linkers of the present invention may be used to tether to solid supports building blocks useful in the assembly of libraries of other types of small molecules. In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to a molecule or plurality of molecules tethered to the solid support via a linker or linkers of the present invention.
In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to processes for synthesizing molecules, e.g., monomers, oligomers or polymers, on a solid support, wherein a starting material in the synthesis of said molecule, intermediates in the synthesis of said molecule, and said molecule itself are tethered to the solid support during the process via one of the linkers of the present invention. In certain processes of the present invention, the molecule is liberated from the solid support by cleavage of the linker of the present invention.
Description
- This application claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 60/122,930, filed Mar. 5, 1999.
- Nucleic acids, proteins and polysaccharides are three major classes of biopolymers. While the first two systems are principally linear assemblies, polysaccharides are structurally more complex. This structural and stereochemical diversity results in a rich content of “information” in relatively small molecules. Nature further “leverages” the structural versatility of polysaccharides by their covalent attachment (i.e., “conjugation”) to other biomolecules such as isoprenoids, fatty acids, neutral lipids, peptides or proteins. Oligosaccharides in the form of glycoconjugates mediate a variety of events including inflammation, immunological response, metastasis and fertilization. Cell surface carbohydrates act as biological markers for various tumors and as binding sites for other substances including pathogens.
- Moreover, many physiologically important recognition phenomena involving carbohydrates have been discovered in recent years. Lectins, proteins which contain carbohydrate recognition domains, have been identified. Prominent members of the calcium dependent (C-type) lectin family (Drickamer, K. Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 1993, 3, 393) are the selectins which play a crucial role in leukocyte recruitment in inflammation. Bevilacqua, M. P.; Nelson, R. M. J. Clin. Invest. 1993, 91, 379. Members of the C-type lectin superfamily have been described on NK cells and Ly-49, NKR-P1 and NKG2 constitute group V of C-type lectins. While many lectins have been purified and cloned, their ligands have not been identified due to the heterogeneous nature of carbohydrates.
- The recognition that interactions between proteins and carbohydrates are involved in a wide array of biological recognition events, including fertilization, molecular targeting, intercellular recognition, and viral, bacterial and fungal pathogenesis, underscores the importance of carbohyrates in biological systems. It is now widely appreciated that the oligosaccharide portions of glycoproteins and glycolipids mediate certain recognition events between cells, between cells and ligands, between cells and the extracellular matrix, and between cells and pathogens. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,916,219 (describing oligosaccharides with heparin-like anticomplement activity).
- These recognition phenomena may be inhibited by oligosaccharides having the same sugar sequence and stereochemistry found on the active portion of a glycoprotein or glycolipid involved in the recognition phenomena. The oligosaccharides are believed to compete with the glycoproteins and glycolipids for binding sites on the relevant receptor(s). For example, the disaccharide galactosyl-β-1-4-N-acetylglucosamine is believed to be one component of the glycoproteins which interact with receptors in the plasma membrane of liver cells. Thus, to the extent that they compete with moieties for cellular binding sites, oligosaccharides and other saccharide compositions have the potential to open new horizons in pharmacology, diagnosis, and therapeutics.
- The growing appreciation of the key roles of oligosaccharides and glycoconjugates in fundamental life sustaining processes has stimulated a need for access to usable quantities of these materials. Glycoconjugates are difficult to isolate in homogeneous form from living cells since they exist as microheterogeneous mixtures. The purification of these compounds, when possible, is at best tedious and generally provides only very small amounts of the compounds. The travails associated with isolation of oligo- and poly-saccharides and glycoconjugates from natural sources present a major opportunity for the development and exploitation of chemical synthesis. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,656,133; 5,308,460; 5,514,784; and 5,854,391 (describing representative means of glycosylating saccharides and peptides).
- Intense work is ongoing on the further development of the use of biologically-active oligosaccharides within a number of different fields, including novel diagnostics and blood typing reagents; highly specific materials for affinity chromatography; cell specific agglutination reagents; targeting of drugs; monoclonal antibodies, e.g., against cancer-associated reagents; as an alternative to antibiotics, based on the inhibition with specific oligosaccharides of the attachment of bacteria and viruses to cell surfaces; and stimulation of the growth of plants and protection of them against pathogens. Additionally, a considerable future market is envisaged for fine chemicals based on biologically-active carbohydrates.
- As stated above, due to the difficulties associated with purification of glycoconjugates and oligosaccharides from natural sources, chemical synthesis may be the only way to procure sufficient amounts of these structures for detailed biochemical and biophysical studies. Additionally, combinatorial carbohydrate libraries hold great potential for the identification of carbohydrate-based ligands to cellular receptors. Identification of these molecules will open many new avenues for the development of diagnostic tools and therapeutic agents.
- The invention of solid phase peptide synthesis by Merrifield 35 years ago dramatically influenced the strategy for the synthesis of these biopolymers. The preparation of structurally defined oligopeptides (Atherton, E.; Sheppard, R. C. Solid phase peptide synthesis: A practical approach; IRL Press at Oxford University Press: Oxford, England, 1989, pp 203) and oligonucleotides (Caruthers, M. H. Science 1985, 230, 281) has benefited greatly from the feasibility of conducting their assembly on various polymer supports. The advantages of solid matrix-based synthesis, in terms of allowing for an excess of reagents to be used and in the facilitation of purification are now well appreciated. However, the level of complexity associated with the synthesis of an oligosaccharide on a polymer support dwarfs that associated with the other two classes of repeating biooligomers. First, the need to differentiate similar functional groups (hydroxyl or amino) in oligosaccharide construction is much greater than the corresponding needs in the synthesis of oligopeptides or oligonucleotides. Furthermore, in these latter two cases, there is no stereoselection associated with construction of the repeating amide or phosphate bonds. In contrast, each glycosidic bond to be fashioned in a growing oligosaccharide ensemble constitutes a new locus of stereogenicity.
- Combinatorial chemistry has been used in the synthesis of large numbers of structurally distinct molecules in a time and resource-efficient manner. Peptide, oligonucleotide, and small molecule libraries have been prepared and screened against receptors or enzymes to identify high-affinity ligands or potent inhibitors. These combinatorial libraries have provided large numbers of compounds to be screened against many targets for biological activity. Every pharmaceutical company now devotes a major effort to the area of combinatorial chemistry in order to develop new lead compounds in a rapid fashion.
- The development of protocols for the solid support synthesis of oligosaccharides and glycopeptides requires solutions to several problems. Of course, considerable thought must be addressed to the nature of the support material. The availability of methods for attachment of the carbohydrate from either its “reducing” or “non-reducing” end would be advantageous. Also, selection of a linker which is stable during the synthesis, but can be cleaved easily when appropriate, is critical. A protecting group strategy that allows for high flexibility is desirable. Most important is the matter of stereospecific and high yielding coupling reactions.
- Combinatorial carbohydrate libraries hold a tremendous potential with regard to therapeutic applications. The key role complex oligosaccharides play in biological processes such as inflammation, immune response, cancer and fertilization makes them highly attractive therapeutic targets. The ability to create true oligosaccharide libraries has the potential to trigger a revolution in the area of biopharmaceuticals.
- The generation of combinatorial carbohydrate libraries will facilitate the rapid identification of ligands to many carbohydrate binding proteins which are involved in a variety of important biological events including inflammation (Giannis, A. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1994, 33, 178), immune response (Ryan, C. A. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 1994, 91, 1) and metastasis (Feizi, T. Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 1993, 3, 701). Analogs of ligands can help to define important lectin-ligand interactions. Non-natural ligands can be powerful inhibitors of carbohydrate-protein binding and will facilitate the study of cascade-like events involving such interactions. Furthermore, inhibitors of carbohydrate-lectin binding are potential candidates for a variety of therapeutic applications.
- Moreover, the development of an automated oligosaccharide synthesizer holds great potential to influence glycobiology just as the peptide synthesizer impacted protein research. A reliable strategy for the solid support synthesis of oligosaccharides depends to a great extent on the choice of the linker which is used to anchor the first building block to the polymeric matrix.
- A set of versatile linkers is described which are stable to a wide range of reaction conditions but can be cleaved in several ways to produce free oligosaccharides, fully-protected oligosaccharide building blocks and novel glycoconjugates. Furthermore, these linkers may be used to attach to solid supports building blocks useful in the assembly of libraries of other types of small molecules.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to versatile linkers for tethering a molecule to a solid support, e.g., for tethering a monomer, oligomer or polymer to a solid support, which are stable to a wide range of reaction conditions, but can be cleaved under well-defined conditions, thereby liberating said molecule from the solid support. In preferred embodiments, the linkers of the present invention are used to tether to the solid support unprotected, partially-protected or fully-protected monosaccharides or oligosaccharides, or unprotected, partially-protected or fully-protected glycoconjugates. In other embodiments, the linkers of the present invention may be used to tether to solid supports building blocks useful in the assembly of libraries of other types of small molecules. In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to a molecule or plurality of molecules tethered to the solid support via a linker or linkers of the present invention.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to processes for synthesizing molecules, e.g., monomers, oligomers or polymers, on a solid support, wherein a starting material in the synthesis of said molecule, intermediates in the synthesis of said molecule, and said molecule itself are tethered to the solid support during the process via one of the linkers of the present invention. In certain processes of the present invention, the molecule is liberated from the solid support by cleavage of the linker of the present invention.
- The invention described herein is expected to enable the automated synthesis of oligosaccharides and glycoconjugates in much the same fashion that peptides and oligonucleotides are currently assembled. The ability to synthesize defined biologically important glycoconjugates will be far reaching with many direct applications to biomedical questions. Opportunities for the application of the present invention include the development of automated oligosaccharide synthesis machines.
- FIG. 1 depicts the structures of compounds 1-8 from Examples 1-8.
- FIG. 2 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of
compound 1 from Example 1. - FIG. 3 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of
compound 2 from Example 2. - FIG. 4 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of
compound 3 from Example 3. - FIG. 5 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of
compound 4 from Example 4. - FIG. 6 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of
compound 5 from Example 5. - FIG. 7 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of
compound 6 from Example 6. - FIG. 8 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of
compound 7 from Example 7. - FIG. 9 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of
compound 8 from Example 8. - FIG. 10 depicts HR-MAS NMR spectra of compounds 3 (spectrum a), 4 (spectrum b), 13 (spectrum c), and 10 (spectrum d) from Example 9.
- Novel, versatile linkers are described which are stable to a wide range of reaction conditions, but can be cleaved in several ways to provide free oligosaccharides, fully-protected oligosaccharide building blocks and glycoconjugates. Furthermore, the linkers may be used to attach to solid supports building blocks for the assembly of small molecule libraries.
- The chemistry outlined below is a key element in a general scheme directed at the automated synthesis of oligosaccharides and glycoconjugates much in the same fashion that peptides and oligonucleotides are currently assembled. The ability to synthesize defined biologically relevant glycoconjugates has many direct applications to biomedical questions.
- Polymeric resins equipped with linkers of the present invention can be marketed for use in combinatorial chemistry, and as a key elements in the solid-phase synthesis of oligosaccharides and combinatorial libraries of oligosaccharides.
- The linker which is used to attach the first sugar, or other building block, to the solid support can be viewed as a solid support-containing protecting group on the first building block. The chemical nature of this linker significantly influences the overall synthetic strategy as it informs the protecting group strategies and the reaction conditions that may be employed in the synthetic strategy. Complete stability of the linker during the synthesis and selective cleavage in high yield at the end of the synthesis are highly desirable. Linkers used to date for solid support oligosaccharide synthesis include silyl ethers, thioethers, succinyl esters and nitrobenzyl ethers. All of these linkers impose limitations upon the scope of reagents and protecting groups that may be employed during the synthesis, thus underscoring the need for new linker designs.
- The present invention relates to new linkers for the attachment of molecules, and libraries thereof, to solid supports. In certain embodiments, the molecules are saccharides, oligosaccharides, and/or polysaccharides wherein the individual saccharide residues attached directly to the linkers are attached via their anomeric carbons, and the linkers have the characteristic that at least one set of conditions for releasing the saccharides, oligosaccharides, and/or polysaccharides from the solid support provides saccharides, oligosaccharides, and/or polysaccharides wherein the residues that were attached directly to the solid support are transformed into glycosyl donors (see
Scheme 1 below). - In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to versatile linkers for tethering a molecule to a solid support, e.g., for tethering a monomer, oligomer or polymer to a solid support, which are stable to a wide range of reaction conditions, but can be cleaved under well-defined conditions, thereby liberating said molecule from the solid support. In preferred embodiments, the linkers of the present invention are used to tether to the solid support unprotected, partially-protected or fully-protected monosaccharides or oligosaccharides, or unprotected, partially-protected or fully-protected glycoconjugates. In other embodiments, the linkers of the present invention may be used to tether to solid supports building blocks useful in the assembly of libraries of other types of small molecules. In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to a molecule or plurality of molecules tethered to the solid support via a linker or linkers of the present invention.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to processes for synthesizing molecules, e.g., monomers, oligomers or polymers, on a solid support, wherein a starting material in the synthesis of said molecule, intermediates in the synthesis of said molecule, and said molecule itself are tethered to the solid support during the process via one of the linkers of the present invention. In certain processes of the present invention, the molecule is liberated from the solid support by cleavage of the linker of the present invention.
- Compounds of the Invention
-
- wherein
- X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, Se, NR, PR or AsR;
- Z independently for each occurrence represents CR, SiR, N, P or As;
- R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;
- R′ represents hydrogen or a solid support;
- R″ represents hydrogen, a mono-, oligo- or polysaccharide, a glycoconjugate, or a small molecule;
- n is 3; and
- m is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
- In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein Z independently for each occurrence represents CR. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR; and Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; and Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; and Z independently for each occurrence represents CR. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein Z independently for each occurrence represents CR; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR; Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; Z independently for each occurrence represents CR; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents a solid support. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents H. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein R″ represents H. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein R″ represents a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein R″ represents a monosaccharide, wherein the anomeric carbon of said monosaccharide is bonded to X. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein R″ represents an oligosaccharide, wherein an anomeric carbon of said oligosaccharide is bonded to X. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 9 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents a solid support; and R″ represents H. -
- wherein
- X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, Se, NR, PR or AsR;
- R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;
- R′ represents hydrogen or a solid support;
- R″ represents hydrogen, a mono-, oligo- or polysaccharide, a glycoconjugate, or a small molecule;
- n is 3; and
- m is an integer greater than or equal 2.
- In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents a solid support. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents H. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein R″ represents H. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein R″ represents a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein R″ represents a monosaccharide, wherein the anomeric carbon of said monosaccharide is bonded to X. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein R″ represents an oligosaccharide, wherein an anomeric carbon of said oligosaccharide is bonded to X. - In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by
generalized structure 10 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents a solid support; and R″ represents H. -
- wherein
- X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, Se, NR, PR or AsR;
- R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;
- R′ represents hydrogen or a solid support;
- R″ represents hydrogen, a mono-, oligo- or polysaccharide, a glycoconjugate, or a small molecule;
- n is 3; and
- m is an integer greater than or equal 2.
- In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR.
- In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O.
- In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
- In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents a solid support.
- In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents H.
- In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R″ represents H.
- In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R″ represents a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide.
- In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R″ represents a monosaccharide, wherein the anomeric carbon of said monosaccharide is bonded to X.
- In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R″ represents an oligosaccharide, wherein an anomeric carbon of said oligosaccharide is bonded to X.
- In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents a solid support; and R″ represents H.
- In certain embodiments, a linker of the present invention is represented by generalized structure 11 and the attendant definitions, wherein R′ represents a solid support; and R″ represents a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide.
- Processes of the Invention
- In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the step of:
- reacting a linker represented by
9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, with a compound to give a linker represented bygeneralized structure 9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, and R″ comprises said compound.generalized structure - In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the step of:
- reacting a linker represented by
9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, with a compound, wherein said compound is a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide, to give a linker represented bygeneralized structure 9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, and R″ comprises said compound.generalized structure - In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the steps of:
- reacting a linker represented by
9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, with a compound to give a linker represented bygeneralized structure 9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, and R″ comprises said compound; andgeneralized structure - cleaving said linker to give a product that is not tethered to a solid support.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the steps of:
- reacting a linker represented by
9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, with a compound, wherein said compound is a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide, to give a linker represented bygeneralized structure 9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, and R″ comprises said compound; andgeneralized structure - cleaving said linker to give a product that is not tethered to a solid support, wherein said product is an oligosaccharide.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the steps of:
- reacting a linker represented by
9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, with a compound, wherein said compound is a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide, to give a linker represented bygeneralized structure 9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, and R″ comprises said compound; andgeneralized structure - cleaving said linker to give a product that is not tethered to a solid support, wherein said product is an oligosaccharide comprising a glycosyl donor.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the steps of:
- reacting a linker represented by
9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, with a compound to give a linker represented bygeneralized structure 9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, and R″ comprises said compound; andgeneralized structure - cleaving said linker by ozonolysis, olefin metathesis, or oxidation to give a product that is not tethered to a solid support.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the steps of:
- reacting a linker represented by
9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, with a compound, wherein said compound is a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide, to give a linker represented bygeneralized structure 9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, and R″ comprises said compound; andgeneralized structure - cleaving said linker by ozonolysis, olefin metathesis, or oxidation to give a product that is not tethered to a solid support, wherein said product is an oligosaccharide.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the steps of:
- reacting a linker represented by
9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, with a compound, wherein said compound is a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide, to give a linker represented bygeneralized structure 9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, and R″ comprises said compound; andgeneralized structure - cleaving said linker by ozonolysis, olefin metathesis, or oxidation to give a product that is not tethered to a solid support, wherein said product is an oligosaccharide comprising a glycosyl donor.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to a process of synthesis, comprising the steps of:
- reacting a linker represented by
9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, with a compound, wherein said compound is a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide, to give a linker represented bygeneralized structure 9, 10 or 11, wherein R′ represents a solid support, and R″ comprises said compound; andgeneralized structure - cleaving said linker by olefin metathesis to give a product that is not tethered to a solid support, wherein said product is an oligosaccharide comprising an n-pentenyl glycoside.
- In certain embodiments, the new linkers (see
Scheme 2 below) described herein dovetail with the synthetic logic of n-pentenyl glycosides. While the number of atoms between the first saccharide, or other building block, and π-bond of the linker is fixed (n=3), to allow for the release of a pentenyl glycoside, or its equivalent, from the solid support, the number of atoms (m) between the π-bond and the resin may be greater than or equal to 2. The resin attached to the linker and represented by the filled circle may be of any type known to those of ordinary skill in the art, e.g., polystyrene. - The new linkers are stable to a wide range of reaction conditions, but may be used to generate fully-protected oligosaccharide building blocks as well as a variety of anomeric handles (see
Scheme 3 below). Cleavage of the octenediol based linker using olefin metathesis with ethylene in the presence of Grubbs' catalyst provides a pentenyl glycoside which in turn may function as a glycosyl donor. Alternatively, activation of the anomeric position by treatment with NIS/TESOTf or NBS/TESOTf or iodonium collidine perchlorate directly fashions glycosides when alkyl, benzyl or aryl alcohols are used. The double bond can be cleaved to afford a terminal aldehyde by ozonolysis or epoxidation (e.g. MCPBA) and cleavage of the epoxide (e.g. periodinate). Alternatively, dihydroxylation and periodinate cleavagewill afford the desired aldehyde. The aldehyde group on the anomeric spacer can be further converted into an alcohol or carboxylic acid functionality. These terminal groups will be exploited to fashion a range of neoglycoconjugates by reaction with various functional groups, e.g., alcohols, amines or carboxylic acids. - The use of metathesis reactions to effect the cleavage of a linker from the solid support can be extended to a design which allows for a ring closing metathesis reaction for cleavage (see
Scheme 4 below). This design does not require the presence of ethylene for cleavage. Nicolaou et al. have used ring closing metathesis for release of a support-bound molecule wherein the metathesis reaction formed a new ring in the molecule released. Nicolaou, K. C.; Winssinger, N.; Pastor, J.; Ninkovic, S.; Sarabia, F.; He, Y.; Vourloumis, D.; Yang, Z.; Li, T.; Giannakakou, P.; Hamel, E. Nature 1997, 387, 268. In our design, the metathesis reaction releases a pentenyl glycoside and the new ring will be formed within the portion of the linker that remains attached to the solid support. - The linkers have been rendered inert to a wide variety of reagents which react with double bonds by their bromination using known conditions to form the corresponding dibromide. See, e.g., Fraser-Reid, B.; Udodong, U. E.; Wu, Z.; Ottosson, H.; Merritt, J. R.; Rao, C. S.; Roberts, C.; Madsen, R. Synlett 1992, 927. The dibromide has been transformed back to the double bond by treatment with zinc, tetra-butylammonium iodide or samarium (II) iodide (see
Scheme 5 below). This modification allows for the use of reagents on the solid phase which would react with the double bond. The brominated linker allows for the use of pentenyl glycosides as glycosylating agents, which can be activated by NIS/TESOTf, and for the use of hydrogenation conditions, e.g., to remove benzyl protecting groups. - This linker has been used in syntheses on solid support of oligosaccharides, employing the most powerful glycosyl donors developed to date, e.g., thioethyl glycosides, glycosyl trichloroacetimidates, glycosyl fluorides, and glycosyl phosphates.
- The most popular approach to the solid-phase preparation of oligosaccharides has been the acceptor-bound synthesis strategy, i.e., a strategy in which the glycosyl acceptor is attached to the solid support, typically through the anomeric carbon of the first residue. Utilizing traditional linkers, the acceptor-bound strategy is poorly suited to the preparation of glycoconjugates. The inability to provide efficiently anomeric glycoconjugates, the most common type of glycoconjugate, is a major shortcoming of the acceptor-bound strategy. The proposed pentenyl glycoside linkers allow for direct functionalization of the anomeric position and overcome this problem.
- A simple two step coupling cycle has been established (see
Scheme 6 above). Removal of a temporary silyl ether or acetate protecting group exposes one hydroxyl group which will serve as a glycosyl acceptor in the next step. Acetate groups are removed by reaction with sodium methoxide while silyl ethers are cleaved by the action of HF-pyridine. Coupling of the incoming monosaccharide donor can be effected by activation with TMSOTf at −78° C. in cases where glycosyl phosphates are employed. Coupling times of less than 30 minutes are expected. - Using the cleavage conditions described above, oligosaccharides containing different anomeric functionalities may be prepared. The functional groups may be exploited to access a host of neoglycoconjugates, dendrimers and other constructs.
- The problem of efficiently generating molecular diversity has been tremendously simplified by the advent of combinatorial chemistry. See, e.g., Thompson, L. A.; Ellman, J. A. Chem. Rev. 1996, 96, 555-600. This concept when combined with solid-phase synthesis presents a powerful technique for the rapid construction of structurally diverse libraries of compounds which may be screened against therapeutic targets.
- The olefinic linker disclosed here can serve as a handle in the preparation of combinatorial libraries of small molecules. Cleavage from the solid support can be accomplished in several ways including acidic hydrolysis, ring-closing metathesis (see, e.g., Maarseveen, J. H. et al. Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 8249-52), ozonolysis, and iodination (see
Scheme 3 above). Potential targets include a host of heterocyclic compounds which make up the majority of pharmaceuticals produced today. - The linkers of the present invention provide many advantages over the linkers currently known in the art. Currently available linkers for solid support oligosaccharide synthesis are either so labile that they severely restrict the chemistry on the solid support, or they are so stable that almost all chemistries can be accommodated but the final product cannot be cleaved fully. None of the currently available methods allow for cleavage to fashion different anomeric functionalities. The new linker will be stable to a wide range of reactions, therefore allowing for a variety of chemistries to be used. On the other hand, the linker may be cleaved selective and in quantitative yield at the end of the synthesis. In addition, a variety of anomeric functionalities may be generated which will serve to access glycoconjugates which may be used as carbohydrate vaccines, targeting devices, molecular probes and many other functions including diagnostics.
- Oligosaccharides, either individually or as a library, synthesized utilizing the linkers of the present invention can be used for characterization and elucidation of the biological function(s) of oligosaccharide receptors as well as for the development of clinical diagnostic agents, immunomodulators, therapeutic and conjugate vaccines, and the like. Oligosaccharides prepared utilizing linkers of the present invention will be useful for modulating cell-mediated immune responses in a mammal, including cell-mediated and immune-directed inflammatory responses to an antigen in a sensitized mammal.
- Commercial applications of the technology described herein are contemplated. Sales of polymer resins pre-functionalized with various linkers have been booming in the last five years; therefore, the present invention contemplates the development and sale of polymer resins pre-functionalized with linkers of the present invention.
- Certain of the oligosaccharides identified by the method of the instant invention will be useful in therapeutic applications for treating or preventing a variety of diseases, including cancer, inflammation, and diseases caused or exacerbated by platelet aggregation or angiogenic activity.
- Administration of the oligosaccharides synthesized via the methods of the invention will typically be by routes appropriate for glycosaminoglycan or other carbohydrate compositions, and generally includes systemic administration, such as by injection. For example, intravenous injection, such as continuous injection over long time periods, can be carried out. Also contemplated are introduction into the vascular system through intraluminal administration or by adventitial administration using osmotic pumps or implants. Typical implants contain biodegradable materials such as collagen, polylactate, polylactate/polyglycoside mixtures, and the like. These may be formulated as patches or beads. Typical dosage ranges may be in the range of 0.1-10 mg/kg/hr on a constant basis over a period of 5-30, preferably 7-14, days.
- Other modes of administration include subcutaneous injection, including transmembrane or transdermal or other topical administration for localized injury. Localized administration through a continuous release device, such as a supporting matrix, perhaps included in a vascular graft material, can be useful where the location of the trauma is accessible.
- Formulations suitable for the foregoing modes of administration are known in the art, and a suitable compendium of formulations is found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., latest edition.
- The oligosaccharides may also be labeled using typical methods such as radiolabeling, fluorescent labeling, chromophores or enzymes, enabling assays of the amount of such compounds in a biological sample following its administration.
- Definitions
- For convenience, before further description of the present invention, certain terms employed in the specification, examples, and appended claims are collected here.
- The term “nucleophile” is recognized in the art, and as used herein means a chemical moiety having a reactive pair of electrons.
- The term “electrophile” is art-recognized and refers to chemical moieties which can accept a pair of electrons from a nucleophile as defined above, or from a Lewis base. Electrophilic moieties useful in the method of the present invention include halides and sulfonates.
- The term “electron-withdrawing group” is recognized in the art, and denotes the tendency of a substituent to attract valence electrons from neighboring atoms, i.e., the substituent is electronegative with respect to neighboring atoms. A quantification of the level of electron-withdrawing capability is given by the Hammett sigma (σ) constant. This well known constant is described in many references, for instance, J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, McGraw Hill Book Company, New York, (1977 edition) pp. 251-259. The Hammett constant values are generally negative for electron donating groups (σ[P]=−0.66 for NH2) and positive for electron withdrawing groups (σ[P]=0.78 for a nitro group), σ[P] indicating para substitution. Exemplary electron-withdrawing groups include nitro, ketone, aldehyde, sulfonyl, trifluoromethyl, —CN, chloride, and the like. Exemplary electron-donating groups include amino, methoxy, and the like.
- The term “catalytic amount” is recognized in the art and means a substoichiometric amount of a reagent relative to a reactant. As used herein, a catalytic amount means from 0.0001 to 90 mole percent reagent relative to a reactant, more preferably from 0.001 to 50 mole percent, still more preferably from 0.01 to 10 mole percent, and even more preferably from 0.1 to 5 mole percent reagent to reactant.
- The term “alkyl” refers to the radical of saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl groups, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl substituted alkyl groups. In preferred embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C 1-C30 for straight chain, C3-C30 for branched chain), and more preferably 20 or fewer. Likewise, preferred cycloalkyls have from 3-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and more preferably have 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ring structure.
- Moreover, the term “alkyl” (or “lower alkyl”) as used throughout the specification and claims is intended to include both “unsubstituted alkyls” and “substituted alkyls”, the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents can include, for example, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, an ester, a formyl, or a ketone), a thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), an alkoxyl, a phosphoryl, a phosphonate, a phosphinate, an amino, an amido, an amidine, an imine, a cyano, a nitro, an azido, a sulfhydryl, an alkylthio, a sulfate, a sulfonate, a sulfamoyl, a sulfonamido, a sulfonyl, a heterocyclyl, an aralkyl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate. For instance, the substituents of a substituted alkyl may include substituted and unsubstituted forms of amino, azido, imino, amido, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamido, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, alkylthios, carbonyls (including ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), —CF 3, —CN and the like. Exemplary substituted alkyls are described below. Cycloalkyls can be further substituted with alkyls, alkenyls, alkoxys, alkylthios, aminoalkyls, carbonyl-substituted alkyls, —CF3, —CN, and the like.
- The term “arylalkyl”, as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group (e.g., an aromatic or heteroaromatic group).
- The terms “alkenyl” and “alkynyl” refer to unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that comprise a double or triple bond, respectively.
- Unless the number of carbons is otherwise specified, “lower alkyl” as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, but having from one to ten carbons, more preferably from one to six carbon atoms in its backbone structure. Likewise, “lower alkenyl” and “lower alkynyl” have similar chain lengths. Preferred alkyl groups are lower alkyls. In preferred embodiments, a substituent designated herein as alkyl is a lower alkyl.
- The term “aryl” as used herein includes 5-, 6- and 7-membered single-ring aromatic groups that may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for example, benzene, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine, and the like. Those aryl groups having heteroatoms in the ring structure may also be referred to as “aryl heterocycles” or “heteroaromatics”. The aromatic ring can be substituted at one or more ring positions with such substituents as described above, for example, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, alkylthio, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, ketone, aldehyde, ester, heterocyclyl, aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties, —CF 3, —CN, or the like. The term “aryl” also includes polycyclic ring systems having two or more rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings (the rings are “fused”) wherein at least one of the rings is aromatic, e.g., the other rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls and/or heterocyclyls.
- The terms “heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclic group” refer to 3- to 10-membered ring structures, more preferably 3- to 7-membered rings, whose ring structures include one to four heteroatoms. Heterocycles can also be polycycles. Heterocyclyl groups include, for example, thiophene, thianthrene, furan, pyran, isobenzofuran, chromene, xanthene, phenoxathiin, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, isothiazole, isoxazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, perimidine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phenarsazine, phenothiazine, furazan, phenoxazine, pyrrolidine, oxolane, thiolane, oxazole, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, lactones, lactams such as azetidinones and pyrrolidinones, sultams, sultones, and the like. The heterocyclic ring can be substituted at one or more positions with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhlydryl, imino, amido, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, alkylthio, sulfonyl, ketone, aldehyde, ester, a heterocyclyl, an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, —CF 3, —CN, or the like.
- The terms “polycyclyl” or “polycyclic group” refer to two or more rings (e.g., cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls and/or heterocyclyls) in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings, e.g., the rings are “fused rings”. Rings that are joined through non-adjacent atoms are termed “bridged” rings. Each of the rings of the polycycle can be substituted with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, alkylthio, sulfonyl, ketone, aldehyde, ester, a heterocyclyl, an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, —CF 3, —CN, or the like.
- The term “carbocycle”, as used herein, refers to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring in which each atom of the ring is carbon.
- The term “heteroatom” as used herein means an atom of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatoms are nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorous.
- As used herein, the term “nitro” means —NO 2; the term “halogen” designates —F, —Cl, —Br or —I; the term “sulfhydryl” means —SH; the term “hydroxyl” means —OH; and the term “sulfonyl” means —SO2—.
-
- wherein R 9, R10 and R′10 each independently represent a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, —(CH2)m—R8, or R9 and R10 taken together with the N atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure; R8 represents an aryl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, a heterocycle or a polycycle; and m is zero or an integer in the range of 1 to 8. In preferred embodiments, only one of R9 or R10 can be a carbonyl, e.g., R9, R10 and the nitrogen together do not form an imide. In even more preferred embodiments, R9 and R10 (and optionally R′10) each independently represent a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, or —(CH2)m—R8. Thus, the term “alkylamine” as used herein means an amine group, as defined above, having a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl attached thereto, i.e., at least one of R9 and R10 is an alkyl group.
-
- wherein R 9 is as defined above, and R′11 represents a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl or —(CH2)m—R8, where m and R8 are as defined above.
-
- wherein R 9, R10 are as defined above. Preferred embodiments of the amide will not include imides which may be unstable.
- The term “alkylthio” refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having a sulfur radical attached thereto. In preferred embodiments, the “alkylthio” moiety is represented by one of —S-alkyl, —S-alkenyl, —S-alkynyl, and —S—(CH 2)m—R8, wherein m and R8 are defined above. Representative alkylthio groups include methylthio, ethylthio, and the like.
-
- wherein X is a bond or represents an oxygen or a sulfur, and R 11 represents a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, —(CH2)m—R8 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, R′11 represents a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl or —(CH2)m—R8, where m and R8 are as defined above. Where X is an oxygen and R11 or R′11 is not hydrogen, the formula represents an “ester”. Where X is an oxygen, and R11 is as defined above, the moiety is referred to herein as a carboxyl group, and particularly when R11 is a hydrogen, the formula represents a “carboxylic acid”. Where X is an oxygen, and R′11 is hydrogen, the formula represents a “formate”. In general, where the oxygen atom of the above formula is replaced by sulfur, the formula represents a “thiolcarbonyl” group. Where X is a sulfur and R11 or R′11 is not hydrogen, the formula represents a “thiolester.” Where X is a sulfur and R11 is hydrogen, the formula represents a “thiolcarboxylic acid.” Where X is a sulfur and R11′ is hydrogen, the formula represents a “thiolformate.” On the other hand, where X is a bond, and R11 is not hydrogen, the above formula represents a “ketone” group. Where X is a bond, and R11 is hydrogen, the above formula represents an “aldehyde” group.
- The terms “alkoxyl” or “alkoxy” as used herein refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having an oxygen radical attached thereto. Representative alkoxyl groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, tert-butoxy and the like. An “ether” is two hydrocarbons covalently linked by an oxygen. Accordingly, the substituent of an alkyl that renders that alkyl an ether is or resembles an alkoxyl, such as can be represented by one of —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —-alkynyl, —O—(CH 2)m—R8, where m and R8 are described above.
-
- in which R 41 is an electron pair, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl.
-
- in which R 41 is as defined above.
-
- in which R 9 and R′11 are as defined above.
-
- in which R 9 and R10 are as defined above.
-
- in which R 44 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, or aryl.
-
-
- wherein Q 1 represented S or O, and each R46 independently represents hydrogen, a lower alkyl or an aryl, Q2 represents O, S or N. When Q1 is an S, the phosphoryl moiety is a “phosphorothioate”.
-
- wherein R 9 and R10 are as defined above, and Q2 represents O, S or N.
-
- wherein R 9 and R10 are as defined above, Q2 represents O, S or N, and R48 represents a lower alkyl or an aryl, Q2 represents O, S or N.
- A “selenoalkyl” refers to an alkyl group having a substituted seleno group attached thereto. Exemplary “selenoethers” which may be substituted on the alkyl are selected from one of —Se-alkyl, —Se-alkenyl, —Se-alkynyl, and —Se—(CH 2)m—R7, m and R7 being defined above.
- Analogous substitutions can be made to alkenyl and alkynyl groups to produce, for example, aminoalkenyls, aminoalkynyls, amidoalkenyls, amidoalkynyls, iminoalkenyls, iminoalkynyls, thioalkenyls, thioalkynyls, carbonyl-substituted alkenyls or alkynyls.
- The abbreviations Me, Et, Ph, Tf, Nf, Ts, Ms, and dba represent methyl, ethyl, phenyl, trifluoromethanesulfonyl, nonafluorobutanesulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl, methanesulfonyl, and dibenzylideneacetone, respectively. A more comprehensive list of the abbreviations utilized by organic chemists of ordinary skill in the art appears in the first issue of each volume of the Journal of Organic Chemistry; this list is typically presented in a table entitled Standard List of Abbreviations. The abbreviations contained in said list, and all abbreviations utilized by organic chemists of ordinary skill in the art are hereby incorporated by reference.
- The terms ortho, meta and para apply to 1,2-, 1,3- and 1,4-disubstituted benzenes, respectively. For example, the
names 1,2-dimethylbenzene and ortho-dimethylbenzene are synonymous. - The phrase “protecting group” as used herein means temporary modifications of a potentially reactive functional group which protect it from undesired chemical transformations. Examples of such protecting groups include esters of carboxylic acids, silyl ethers of alcohols, and acetals and ketals of aldehydes and ketones, respectively. The field of protecting group chemistry has been reviewed (Greene, T. W.; Wuts, P. G. M. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd ed.; Wiley: New York, 1991).
- It will be understood that “substitution” or “substituted with” includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
- As used herein, the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described hereinabove. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this invention, the heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms. This invention is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds.
- A “polar solvent” means a solvent which has a dielectric constant (ε) of 2.9 or greater, such as DMF, THF, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (DME), DMSO, acetone, acetonitrile, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-propanol, t-butanol or 2-methoxyethyl ether. Preferred solvents are DMF, DME, NMP, and acetonitrile.
- A “polar, aprotic solvent” means a polar solvent as defined above which has no available hydrogens to exchange with the compounds of this invention during reaction, for example DMF, acetonitrile, diglyme, DMSO, or THF.
- An “aprotic solvent” means a non-nucleophilic solvent having a boiling point range above ambient temperature, preferably from about 25° C. to about 190° C., more preferably from about 80° C. to about 160° C., most preferably from about 80° C. to 150° C., at atmospheric pressure. Examples of such solvents are acetonitrile, toluene, DMF, diglyme, THF or DMSO.
- For purposes of this invention, the chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 67th Ed., 1986-87, inside cover. Also for purposes of this invention, the term “hydrocarbon” is contemplated to include all permissible compounds having at least one hydrogen and one carbon atom. In a broad aspect, the permissible hydrocarbons include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic organic compounds which can be substituted or unsubstituted.
- Pharmaceutical Compositions of Compounds Prepared Using Processes of the Present Invention
- In another aspect, the present invention provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions which comprise a therapeutically-effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents. As described in detail below, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be specially formulated for administration in solid or liquid form, including those adapted for the following: (1) oral administration, for example, drenches (aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions), tablets, boluses, powders, granules, pastes for application to the tongue; (2) parenteral administration, for example, by subcutaneous, intramuscular or intravenous injection as, for example, a sterile solution or suspension; (3) topical application, for example, as a cream, ointment or spray applied to the skin; or (4) intravaginally or intrarectally, for example, as a pessary, cream or foam.
- The phrase “therapeutically-effective amount” as used herein means that amount of a compound, material, or composition comprising a compound of the present invention which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect in at least a sub-population of cells in an animal at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
- The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- The phrase “pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier” as used herein means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the subject compound from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body. Each carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the patient. Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol; (20) phosphate buffer solutions; and (21) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations.
- As set out above, certain embodiments of the present compounds may contain a basic functional group, such as amino or alkylamino, and are, thus, capable of forming pharmaceutically-acceptable salts with pharmaceutically-acceptable acids. The term “pharmaceutically-acceptable salts” in this respect, refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or by separately reacting a purified compound of the invention in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed. Representative salts include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, napthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, and laurylsulphonate salts and the like. (See, for example, Berge et al. (1977) “Pharmaceutical Salts”, J. Pharm. Sci. 66:1-19)
- The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the subject compounds include the conventional nontoxic salts or quaternary ammonium salts of the compounds, e.g., from non-toxic organic or inorganic acids. For example, such conventional nontoxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloride, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric, and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, palmitic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicyclic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isothionic, and the like.
- In other cases, the compounds of the present invention may contain one or more acidic functional groups and, thus, are capable of forming pharmaceutically-acceptable salts with pharmaceutically-acceptable bases. The term “pharmaceutically-acceptable salts” in these instances refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic base addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These salts can likewise be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds, or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free acid form with a suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically-acceptable metal cation, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically-acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine. Representative alkali or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts and the like. Representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and the like. (See, for example, Berge et al., supra)
- Wetting agents, emulsifiers and lubricants, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the compositions.
- Examples of pharmaceutically-acceptable antioxidants include: (1) water soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid, cysteine hydrochloride, sodium bisulfate, sodium metabisulfite, sodium sulfite and the like; (2) oil-soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), lecithin, propyl gallate, alpha-tocopherol, and the like; and (3) metal chelating agents, such as citric acid, ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), sorbitol, tartaric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
- Formulations of the present invention include those suitable for oral, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal and/or parenteral administration. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. The amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host being treated, the particular mode of administration. The amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will generally be that amount of the compound which produces a therapeutic effect. Generally, out of one hundred percent, this amount will range from about 1 percent to about ninety-nine percent of active ingredient, preferably from about 5 percent to about 70 percent, most preferably from about 10 percent to about 30 percent.
- Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include the step of bringing into association a compound of the present invention with the carrier and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association a compound of the present invention with liquid carriers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
- Formulations of the invention suitable for oral administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as an elixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia) and/or as mouth washes and the like, each containing a predetermined amount of a compound of the present invention as an active ingredient. A compound of the present invention may also be administered as a bolus, electuary or paste.
- In solid dosage forms of the invention for oral administration (capsules, tablets, pills, dragees, powders, granules and the like), the active ingredient is mixed with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, and/or any of the following: (1) fillers or extenders, such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; (2) binders, such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and/or acacia; (3) humectants, such as glycerol; (4) disintegrating agents, such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate; (5) solution retarding agents, such as paraffin; (6) absorption accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds; (7) wetting agents, such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate; (8) absorbents, such as kaolin and bentonite clay; (9) lubricants, such a talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof; and (10) coloring agents. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise buffering agents. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
- A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium starch glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), surface-active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
- The tablets, and other solid dosage forms of the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, such as dragees, capsules, pills and granules, may optionally be scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical-formulating art. They may also be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile, other polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres. They may be sterilized by, for example, filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved in sterile water, or some other sterile injectable medium immediately before use. These compositions may also optionally contain opacifying agents and may be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain portion of the gastrointestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. The active ingredient can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-described excipients.
- Liquid dosage forms for oral administration of the compounds of the invention include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active ingredient, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, Water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
- Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.
- Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
- Formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention for rectal or vaginal administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the invention with one or more suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
- Formulations of the present invention which are suitable for vaginal administration also include pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
- Dosage forms for the topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches and inhalants. The active compound may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
- The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to an active compound of this invention, excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
- Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to a compound of this invention, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
- Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound of the present invention to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispersing the compound in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate of such flux can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
- Ophthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders, solutions and the like, are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
- Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention suitable for parenteral administration comprise one or more compounds of the invention in combination with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
- Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers which may be employed in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
- These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms upon the subject compounds may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the compositions. In addition, prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- In some cases, in order to prolong the effect of a drug, it is desirable to slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material having poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally-administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle.
- Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the subject compounds in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending on the ratio of drug to polymer, and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissue.
- When the compounds of the present invention are administered as pharmaceuticals, to humans and animals, they can be given per se or as a pharmaceutical composition containing, for example, 0.1 to 99.5% (more preferably, 0.5 to 90%) of active ingredient in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- The preparations of the present invention may be given orally, parenterally, topically, or rectally. They are of course given in forms suitable for each administration route. For example, they are administered in tablets or capsule form, by injection, inhalation, eye lotion, ointment, suppository, etc. administration by injection, infusion or inhalation; topical by lotion or ointment; and rectal by suppositories. Oral administrations are preferred.
- The phrases “parenteral administration” and “administered parenterally” as used herein means modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, usually by injection, and includes, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intraarticulare, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrastemal injection and infusion.
- The phrases “systemic administration,” “administered systemically,” “peripheral administration” and “administered peripherally” as used herein mean the administration of a compound, drug or other material other than directly into the central nervous system, such that it enters the patient's system and, thus, is subject to metabolism and other like processes, for example, subcutaneous administration.
- These compounds may be administered to humans and other animals for therapy by any suitable route of administration, including orally, nasally, as by, for example, a spray, rectally, intravaginally, parenterally, intracisternally and topically, as by powders, ointments or drops, including buccally and sublingually.
- Regardless of the route of administration selected, the compounds of the present invention, which may be used in a suitable hydrated form, and/or the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, are formulated into pharmaceutically-acceptable dosage forms by conventional methods known to those of skill in the art.
- Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient which is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
- The selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the particular compound of the present invention employed, or the ester, salt or amide thereof, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular compound employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
- A physician or veterinarian having ordinary skill in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition required. For example, the physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds of the invention employed in the pharmaceutical composition at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
- In general, a suitable daily dose of a compound of the invention will be that amount of the compound which is the lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic effect. Such an effective dose will generally depend upon the factors described above. Generally, intravenous, intracerebroventricular and subcutaneous doses of the compounds of this invention for a patient, when used for the indicated analgesic effects, will range from about 0.0001 to about 100 mg per kilogram of body weight per day.
- If desired, the effective daily dose of the active compound may be administered as two, three, four, five, six or more sub-doses administered separately at appropriate intervals throughout the day, optionally, in unit dosage forms.
- While it is possible for a compound of the present invention to be administered alone, it is preferable to administer the compound as a pharmaceutical formulation (composition).
- In another aspect, the present invention provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions which comprise a therapeutically-effective amount of one or more of the subject co,pounds, as described above, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents. As described in detail below, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be specially formulated for administration in solid or liquid form, including those adapted for the following: (1) oral administration, for example, drenches (aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions), tablets, boluses, powders, granules, pastes for application to the tongue; (2) parenteral administration, for example, by subcutaneous, intramuscular or intravenous injection as, for example, a sterile solution or suspension; (3) topical application, for example, as a cream, ointment or spray applied to the skin; or (4) intravaginally or intravectally, for example, as a pessary, cream or foam.
- The compounds according to the invention may be formulated for administration in any convenient way for use in human or veterinary medicine, by analogy with other pharmaceuticals.
- The term “treatment” is intended to encompass also prophylaxis, therapy and cure.
- The patient receiving this treatment is any animal in need, including primates, in particular humans, and other mammals such as equines, cattle, swine and sheep; and poultry and pets in general.
- The compound of the invention can be administered as such or in admixtures with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and can also be administered in conjunction with antimicrobial agents such as penicillins, cephalosporins, aminoglycosides and glycopeptides. Conjunctive therapy, thus includes sequential, simultaneous and separate administration of the active compound in a way that the therapeutical effects of the first administered one is not entirely disappeared when the subsequent is administered.
- The addition of the active compound of the invention to animal feed is preferably accomplished by preparing an appropriate feed premix containing the active compound in an effective amount and incorporating the premix into the complete ration.
- Alternatively, an intermediate concentrate or feed supplement containing the active ingredient can be blended into the feed. The way in which such feed premixes and complete rations can be prepared and administered are described in reference books (such as “Applied Animal Nutrition”, W. H. Freedman and CO., San. Francisco, U.S.A., 1969 or “Livestock Feeds and Feeding” 0 and B books, Corvallis, Ore., U.S.A., 1977).
- Overview of Strategies and Methods of Combinatorial Chemistry
- In the current era of drug development, high throughput screening of thousands to millions of compounds plays a key role. High throughput screening generally incorporates automation and robotics to enable testing these thousands to millions of compounds in one or more bioassays in a relatively short period of time. This high capacity screening technique requires enormous amounts of “raw materials” having immense molecular diversity to fill available capacity. Accordingly, combinatorial chemistry will play a significant role in meeting this demand for new molecules for screening. Once “leads” are identified using high throughput screening techniques, combinatorial chemistry will be advantageously used to optimize these initial leads (which analogs/variants will be tested in the same high throughput screening assay(s) that identified the initial lead).
- A combinatorial library for the purposes of the present invention is a mixture of chemically-related compounds which may be screened together for a desired property; said libraries may be in solution or covalently linked to a solid support. The preparation of many related compounds in a single reaction greatly reduces and simplifies the number of screening processes which need to be carried out. Screening for the appropriate biological, pharmaceutical, agrochemical or physical property may be done by conventional methods.
- Diversity in a library can be created at a variety of different levels. For instance, the substrate aryl groups used in a combinatorial approach can be diverse in terms of the core aryl moiety, e.g., a variegation in terms of the ring structure, and/or can be varied with respect to the other substituents.
- A variety of techniques are available in the art for generating combinatorial libraries of small organic molecules. See, for example, Blondelle et al. (1995) Trends Anal. Chem. 14:83; the Affymax U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,359,115 and 5,362,899: the Ellman U.S. Pat. No. 5,288,514: the Still et al. PCT publication WO 94/08051; Chen et al. (1994) JACS 116:2661: Kerr et al. (1993) JACS 115:252; PCT publications WO92/10092, WO93/09668 and WO91/07087; and the Lerner et al. PCT publication WO93/20242). Accordingly, a variety of libraries on the order of about 16 to 1,000,000 or more diversomers can be synthesized and screened for a particular activity or property.
- In an exemplary embodiment, a library of substituted diversomers can be synthesized using the subject reactions adapted to the techniques described in the Still et al. PCT publication WO 94/08051, e.g., being linked to a polymer bead by a hydrolyzable or photolyzable group, e.g., located at one of the positions of substrate. According to the Still et al. technique, the library is synthesized on a set of beads, each bead including a set of tags identifying the particular diversomer on that bead. In one embodiment, which is particularly suitable for discovering enzyme inhibitors, the beads can be dispersed on the surface of a permeable membrane, and the diversomers released from the beads by lysis of the bead linker. The diversomer from each bead will diffuse across the membrane to an assay zone, where it will interact with an enzyme assay. Detailed descriptions of a number of combinatorial methodologies are provided below.
- A) Direct Characterization
- A growing trend in the field of combinatorial chemistry is to exploit the sensitivity of techniques such as mass spectrometry (MS), e.g., which can be used to characterize sub-femtomolar amounts of a compound, and to directly determine the chemical constitution of a compound selected from a combinatorial library. For instance, where the library is provided on an insoluble support matrix, discrete populations of compounds can be first released from the support and characterized by MS. In other embodiments, as part of the MS sample preparation technique, such MS techniques as MALDI can be used to release a compound from the matrix, particularly where a labile bond is used originally to tether the compound to the matrix. For instance, a bead selected from a library can be irradiated in a MALDI step in order to release the diversomer from the matrix, and ionize the diversomer for MS analysis.
- B) Multipin Synthesis
- The libraries of the subject method can take the multipin library format. Briefly, Geysen and co-workers (Geysen et al. (1984) PNAS 81:3998-4002) introduced a method for generating compound libraries by a parallel synthesis on polyacrylic acid-grated polyethylene pins arrayed in the microtitre plate format. The Geysen technique can be used to synthesize and screen thousands of compounds per week using the multipin method, and the tethered compounds may be reused in many assays. Appropriate linker moieties can also been appended to the pins so that the compounds may be cleaved from the supports after synthesis for assessment of purity and further evaluation (cf., Bray et al. (1990) Tetrahedron Lett 31:5811-5814; Valerio et al. (1991) Anal Biochem 197:168-177; Bray et al. (1991) Tetrahedron Lett 32:6163-6166).
- C) Divide-Couple-Recombine
- In yet another embodiment, a variegated library of compounds can be provided on a set of beads utilizing the strategy of divide-couple-recombine (see, e.g., Houghten (1985) PNAS 82:5131-5135; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,631,211; 5,440,016; 5,480,971). Briefly, as the name implies, at each synthesis step where degeneracy is introduced into the library, the beads are divided into separate groups equal to the number of different substituents to be added at a particular position in the library, the different substituents coupled in separate reactions, and the beads recombined into one pool for the next iteration.
- In one embodiment, the divide-couple-recombine strategy can be carried out using an analogous approach to the so-called “tea bag” method first developed by Houghten, where compound synthesis occurs on resin sealed inside porous polypropylene bags (Houghten et al. (1986) PNAS 82:5131-5135). Substituents are coupled to the compound-bearing resins by placing the bags in appropriate reaction solutions, while all common steps such as resin washing and deprotection are performed simultaneously in one reaction vessel. At the end of the synthesis, each bag contains a single compound.
- D) Combinatorial Libraries by Light-Directed, Spatially Addressable Parallel Chemical Synthesis
- A scheme of combinatorial synthesis in which the identity of a compound is given by its locations on a synthesis substrate is termed a spatially-addressable synthesis. In one embodiment, the combinatorial process is carried out by controlling the addition of a chemical reagent to specific locations on a solid support (Dower et al. (1991) Annu Rep Med Chem 26:271-280; Fodor, S. P. A. (1991) Science 251:767; Pirrung et al. (1992) U.S. Pat. No. 5,143,854; Jacobs et al. (1994) Trends Biotechnol 12:19-26). The spatial resolution of photolithography affords miniaturization. This technique can be carried out through the use protection/deprotection reactions with photolabile protecting groups.
- The key points of this technology are illustrated in Gallop et al. (1994) J Med Chem 37:1233-1251. A synthesis substrate is prepared for coupling through the covalent attachment of photolabile nitroveratryloxycarbonyl (NVOC) protected amino linkers or other photolabile linkers. Light is used to selectively activate a specified region of the synthesis support for coupling. Removal of the photolabile protecting groups by light (deprotection) results in activation of selected areas. After activation, the first of a set of amino acid analogs, each bearing a photolabile protecting group on the amino terminus, is exposed to the entire surface. Coupling only occurs in regions that were addressed by light in the preceding step. The reaction is stopped, the plates washed, and the substrate is again illuminated through a second mask, activating a different region for reaction with a second protected building block. The pattern of masks and the sequence of reactants define the products and their locations. Since this process utilizes photolithography techniques, the number of compounds that can be synthesized is limited only by the number of synthesis sites that can be addressed with appropriate resolution. The position of each compound is precisely known; hence, its interactions with other molecules can be directly assessed.
- In a light-directed chemical synthesis, the products depend on the pattern of illumination and on the order of addition of reactants. By varying the lithographic patterns, many different sets of test compounds can be synthesized simultaneously; this characteristic leads to the generation of many different masking strategies.
- E) Encoded Combinatorial Libraries
- In yet another embodiment, the subject method utilizes a compound library provided with an encoded tagging system. A recent improvement in the identification of active compounds from combinatorial libraries employs chemical indexing systems using tags that uniquely encode the reaction steps a given bead has undergone and, by inference, the structure it carries. Conceptually, this approach mimics phage display libraries, where activity derives from expressed peptides, but the structures of the active peptides are deduced from the corresponding genomic DNA sequence. The first encoding of synthetic combinatorial libraries employed DNA as the code. A variety of other forms of encoding have been reported, including encoding with sequenceable bio-oligomers (e.g., oligonucleotides and peptides), and binary encoding with additional non-sequenceable tags.
- 1) Tagging with Sequenceable Bio-Oligomers
- The principle of using oligonucleotides to encode combinatorial synthetic libraries was described in 1992 (Brenner et al. (1992) PNAS 89:5381-5383), and an example of such a library appeared the following year (Needles et al. (1993) PNAS 90:10700-10704). A combinatorial library of nominally 77 (=823,543) peptides composed of all combinations of Arg, Gln, Phe, Lys, Val, D-Val and Thr (three-letter amino acid code), each of which was encoded by a specific dinucleotide (TA, TC, CT, AT, TT, CA and AC, respectively), was prepared by a series of alternating rounds of peptide and oligonucleotide synthesis on solid support. In this work, the amine linking functionality on the bead was specifically differentiated toward peptide or oligonucleotide synthesis by simultaneously preincubating the beads with reagents that generate protected OH groups for oligonucleotide synthesis and protected NH2 groups for peptide synthesis (here, in a ratio of 1:20). When complete, the tags each consisted of 69-mers, 14 units of which carried the code. The bead-bound library was incubated with a fluorescently labeled antibody, and beads containing bound antibody that fluoresced strongly were harvested by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS). The DNA tags were amplified by PCR and sequenced, and the predicted peptides were synthesized. Following such techniques, compound libraries can be derived for use in the subject method, where the oligonucleotide sequence of the tag identifies the sequential combinatorial reactions that a particular bead underwent, and therefore provides the identity of the compound on the bead.
- The use of oligonucleotide tags permits exquisitely sensitive tag analysis. Even so, the method requires careful choice of orthogonal sets of protecting groups required for alternating co-synthesis of the tag and the library member. Furthermore, the chemical lability of the tag, particularly the phosphate and sugar anomeric linkages, may limit the choice of reagents and conditions that can be employed for the synthesis of non-oligomeric libraries. In certain embodiments, the libraries employ linkers permitting selective detachment of the test compound library member for assay.
- Peptides have also been employed as tagging molecules for combinatorial libraries. Two exemplary approaches are described in the art, both of which employ branched linkers to solid phase upon which coding and ligand strands are alternately elaborated. In the first approach (Kerr J M et al. (1993) J Am Chem Soc 115:2529-2531), orthogonality in synthesis is achieved by employing acid-labile protection for the coding strand and base-labile protection for the compound strand.
- In an alternative approach (Nikolaiev et al. (1993) Pept Res 6:161-170), branched linkers are employed so that the coding unit and the test compound can both be attached to the same functional group on the resin. In one embodiment, a cleavable linker can be placed between the branch point and the bead so that cleavage releases a molecule containing both code and the compound (Ptek et al. (1991) Tetrahedron Lett 32:3891-3894). In another embodiment, the cleavable linker can be placed so that the test compound can be selectively separated from the bead, leaving the code behind. This last construct is particularly valuable because it permits screening of the test compound without potential interference of the coding groups. Examples in the art of independent cleavage and sequencing of peptide library members and their corresponding tags has confirmed that the tags can accurately predict the peptide structure.
- 2) Non-Sequenceable Tagging: Binary Encoding
- An alternative form of encoding the test compound library employs a set of non-sequencable electrophoric tagging molecules that are used as a binary code (Ohlmeyer et al. (1993) PNAS 90:10922-10926). Exemplary tags are haloaromatic alkyl ethers that are detectable as their trimethylsilyl ethers at less than femtomolar levels by electron capture gas chromatography (ECGC). Variations in the length of the alkyl chain, as well as the nature and position of the aromatic halide substituents, permit the synthesis of at least 40 such tags, which in principle can encode 240 (e.g., upwards of 1012) different molecules. In the original report (Ohlmeyer et al., supra) the tags were bound to about 1% of the available amine groups of a peptide library via a photocleavable o-nitrobenzyl linker. This approach is convenient when preparing combinatorial libraries of peptide-like or other amine-containing molecules. A more versatile system has, however, been developed that permits encoding of essentially any combinatorial library. Here, the compound would be attached to the solid support via the photocleavable linker and the tag is attached through a catechol ether linker via carbene insertion into the bead matrix (Nestler et al. (1994) J Org Chem 59:4723-4724). This orthogonal attachment strategy permits the selective detachment of library members for assay in solution and subsequent decoding by ECGC after oxidative detachment of the tag sets.
- Although several amide-linked libraries in the art employ binary encoding with the electrophoric tags attached to amine groups, attaching these tags directly to the bead matrix provides far greater versatility in the structures that can be prepared in encoded combinatorial libraries. Attached in this way, the tags and their linker are nearly as unreactive as the bead matrix itself. Two binary-encoded combinatorial libraries have been reported where the electrophoric tags are attached directly to the solid phase (Ohlmeyer et al. (1995) PNAS 92:6027-6031) and provide guidance for generating the subject compound library. Both libraries were constructed using an orthogonal attachment strategy in which the library member was linked to the solid support by a photolabile linker and the tags were attached through a linker cleavable only by vigorous oxidation. Because the library members can be repetitively partially photoeluted from the solid support, library members can be utilized in multiple assays. Successive photoelution also permits a very high throughput iterative screening strategy: first, multiple beads are placed in 96-well microtiter plates; second, compounds are partially detached and transferred to assay plates; third, a metal binding assay identifies the active wells; fourth, the corresponding beads are rearrayed singly into new microtiter plates; fifth, single active compounds are identified; and sixth, the structures are decoded.
- All of the patents and publications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference.
- The invention may be further understood with reference to the following examples, which are presented for illustrative purposes only and which are non-limiting.
- General Experimental Methods Used in the Examples. Chemicals used were reagent grade and used as supplied by the manufacturer or supplier except where noted. Dichloromethane (CH 2Cl2) was distilled from calcium hydride under N2. Analytical thin-layer chromatography was performed on Merck silica gel 60 F254 plates (0.25 mm). Compounds were visualized by dipping the plates in a cerium sulfate-ammonium molybdate solution followed by heating. Liquid column chromatography was performed using forced flow of the indicated solvent on Sigma H-type silica (10-40 μm). 1H NMR spectra were obtained on a Varian VXR-500 (500 MHz) or (300 MHz) and are reported in parts per million (δ) relative to tetramethylsilane (0.00 ppm) or CHCl3 (7.24 ppm). Coupling constants (J) are reported in Hertz. 13C NMR spectra were obtained on a VXR-500 (125 MHz) and are reported in δ relative to CDCl3 (77.0 ppm) as an internal reference. Polymer bound compounds were analyzed by magic angle spinning NMR with the following conditions: spectra were obtained on a Bruker DRX500 spectrometer, operating at 500.13 MHz (1H) equipped with a 4 mm Bruker CCA HR-MAS probe. Samples 3-6 (20 mg at 0.50 mmol/g) were loaded into a ceramic rotor, suspended in 30 μL CD2Cl2 and spun at the magic angle at 3.5 KHz. 1H NMR spectra were obtained with a Carr-Purcell-Meiboom-Gill pulse sequence; 128 transients (64 s acquisition time, 0.5 s realization delay) were accumulated.
- A solution of 1,5-cyclooctadiene (88.2 g, 0.815 mol) in 500 mL CH 2Cl2/MeOH (3:2) was ozonized at −78° C. for 4 h at a rate of 3.3 mmol ozone/min. This solution was then added batchwise to a solution of NaBH4 (30 g, 0.815 mol) in MeOH (2 L) with constant stirring at 0° C. The reaction was warmed to room temperature over the course of 4-5 h and stirred an additional 12 h. The reaction was quenched with 100 mL of 10:1 (H2O/glacial AcOH) and concentrated under vacuum. The aqueous phase was extracted several times with hexanes to remove impurities. The aqueous phase was then extracted with diethyl ether and methylene chloride. The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4, concentrated, and co-evaporated with toluene (3×20 mL) to afford pure diol (50.2 g, 59% yield).
- To a solution of (Z)-oct-4-en-1,8-diol 1 (3.12 g, 21.6 mmol, 3.0 equiv) in pyridine (50 mL) at 0° C. was added 4,4′-dimethoxytrityl chloride (2.44 g, 7.2 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The reaction was gradually warmed to room temperature over 3 h and stirred for an addional 12 h. Ethyl acetate (150 mL) was added and the organics were washed with 100 mL each: H 2O, saturated aqueous NaHCO3, brine and H2O; dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash silica column chromatography (20-50% EtOAc/Hexanes, 1% TEA) afforded 2.513 g 2 (80% based on DMTCl).
- 4,4′ Dimethoxytrityl functionalized linker 2 (1.391 g, 3.20 mmol, 3.3 equiv) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) and transferred to a solid-phase flask. Upon cooling to 0° C., 60% NaH in mineral oil (0.160 g, 3.20 mmol, 3.3 equiv) were added and the solution was stirred for 1 h. Merrifield's resin (1% crosslinked: 0.800 g, 0.960 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was added along with tetrabutylammonium iodide (35.5 mg, 0.096 mmol, 0.1 equiv). After shaking for 1 h at 0° C., the reaction was warmed to room temperature for 12 h. Capping of unreacted sites was accomplished by reaction with methanol (0.10 mL) and NaH (0.10 g) for 4 h. Methanol (5 mL) was added and the resin was washed with 10 mL each: 1:1 MeOH:DMF, DMF, 3×THF and 3×CH 2Cl2. Drying under vacuum over P2O5 afforded 1.077 g resin. Analysis of a small sample of resin (10 mg) via a standard dimethoxytrityl cation assay revealed the loading to be 0.55 mmol/g. Deprotection of the DMT functionalized resin was accomplished by washing the resin with 3×20
mL 3% dichloroacetic acid/CH2Cl2. Further washing with 3×20 mL CH2Cl2, 1% TEA/CH2Cl2, CH2Cl2 and drying under vacuum afforded 0.945 g resin 3 (0.62 mmol/g). - Linker functionalized resin 3 (0.2324 g, 0.125 mmol, 1 equiv) was swelled in CH 2Cl2 (5 mL) with constant shaking for 15 min. A solution of dibutyl 6-O-acetyl-3,4-di-O-benzyl-2-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranoside phosphate (0.339 g, 0.500 mmol, 4 equiv) in CH2Cl2 (1 mL) was added via cannula and the reaction vessel was shaken at room temperature for 15 min. After cooling to −78° C. for 30 min, trimethylsilyl triflate (0.101 mL, 0.550 mmol, 4.4 equiv) was added. The reaction was shaken at −78° C. for 1 h then warmed to −65° C. for an additional 2 h. Methanol (10 mL) was added and the resin was washed with 3×10 mL MeOH, THF and CH2Cl2. Drying under vacuum over P2O5 afforded 0.2989
g resin 4. - Linker functionalized resin 3 (0.500 g, 0.31 mmol, 1 equiv) was swelled in CH 2Cl2 (10 mL) with constant shaking for 15 min. A solution of
dibutyl 3,4-di-O-benzyl-2-O-pivaloyl-6-O-triisopropylsilyl-β-D-glucopyranoside phosphate (1.03 g, 1.30 mmol, 4 equiv) in CH2Cl2 (3 mL) was added via cannula and the reaction vessel was shaken at room temperature for 30 min. After cooling to −78° C. for 30 min, trimethylsilyl triflate (0.101 mL, 0.550 mmol, 4.4 equiv) in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was added. The reaction was shaken at −78° C. for 2 h. Methanol (5 mL) was added and the resin was washed with 3×10 mL MeOH, THF and CH2Cl2. Drying under vacuum over P2 O 5 afforded 0.631g resin 5. - Linker functionalized resin 3 (0.489 g, 0.24 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was swelled in a solution of 2-O-acetyl-3,4,6-tri-O-benzyl-α-D-mannopyranosyl trichloroacetimidate (0.623 g, 0.978 mmol) in CH 2Cl2 (10 mL) and shaken for 15 min at room temperature. Trimethylsilyltriflate (50 μL, 0.245 mmol) was then added, and the reaction was shaken for 1.5 hr at room temperature. The reaction was then filtered and washed several times switching between CH2Cl2 and THF (10 mL each). Drying under vacuum over P2O5 afforded 0.610 g resin.
- Monosaccharide functionalized resin 5 (31.1 mg, 0.0146 mmol) was swelled in CH 2Cl2 (1 mL) and purged with ethylene. Grubbs' benzylidene catalyst (0.6 mg, 0.70 μmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 4 h under 1 atm ethylene. An additional 1.2 mg catalyst was added and the reaction was stirred for 12 h. The suspension was filtered through celite and rinsed extensively with CH2Cl2. Flash silica column chromatography (7% EtOAc/Hexanes) afforded 7 (4.8 mg, 48% for two steps).
- Monosaccharide functionalized resin 6 (179 mg, 0.0895 mmol) was swelled in CH 2Cl2 (10 mL) and cooled to −78° C. Ozone was bubbled through until a blue color persisted. The reaction was purged with oxygen. Triphenylphosphine (77 mg, 0.2685 mmol) was added and the dry ice/acetone bath was removed. The reaction was stirred for 12 h. After concentration, flash silica column chromatography afforded 18 mg 8 (40% for two steps).
- A
novel 4,5-dibromooctane-1,8-diol linker served in the solid support preparation of a β-(1→6) trisaccharide employing electrophilic activation of thioethyl glycoside building blocks. Debromination of the resin-bound linker-double bond could effectively be carried out by olefin cross-metathesis revealing the desired trimeric n-pentenyl glycoside. High-resolution Magic Angle Spinning NMR (HR-MAS NMR) spectroscopy was used as an analytical tool for the monitoring and development of the solid-phase reactions. - The importance of oligosaccharides in a multitude of biological processes 1 has sparked the interest of biologists and chemists alike. While the need for chemically defined oligosaccharides has steadily increased in recent years, the synthesis and purification of these molecules remains challenging and is carried out by a few specialized laboratories. Oligonucleotides2 and oligopeptides3 are now routinely prepared on automated synthesizers, providing pure substances in a rapid and efficient manner. Solid-phase oligosaccharide synthesis holds the potential to secure the necessary substrates for biochemical and biophysical studies.
- A number of different approaches to solid-phase oligosaccharide synthesis involving a variety of glycosylation agents such as sulfoxides, 4 1,2-anhydrosugars,5 n-pentenyl glycosides,6 glycosyl trichloroacetimidates,7 thioglycosides,8 and phosphates,9 have been explored. The connection of the first sugar to the polymeric support via a linker is of crucial importance in terms of the synthetic strategy and ultimately the success of the synthesis. The linker has to be completely stable under the reaction conditions but should be cleavable under selective and mild conditions at the end of the synthesis.
- A variety of groups including silanes, 10 thioethers,8a benzylidene acetals,11 succinamides,12 photolabile esters,6,8b,13 p-acylaminobenzyl esters,14 branched alkenes,15 and tris(alkoxy)benzyl amines (BAL)16 have been employed to anchor the growing oligosaccharide to the solid support. Most of these linkers interfere with some common activation or deprotection conditions, thus limiting the versatility and flexibility in synthetic planning.
- Recently, we introduced a novel linker concept for the solid-support synthesis of oligosaccharides. 9 This 4-octene-1,8-diol (see
Scheme 1 below) can be cleaved by olefin cross-metathesis. The linker proved to be acid and base stable, and performed extremely well with glycosyl trichloroacetimidate and glycosyl phosphate building blocks. Two classes of versatile glycosylating agents, thioglycosides17 and n-pentenyl glycosides18 (NPG) require strongly electrophilic activators, such as N-iodosuccinimide (NIS) and trimethylsilyl triflate (TMSOTf). These conditions are incompatible with linkers containing olefinic double bonds. A universally applicable linker that is inert to a wide range of glycosylation and deprotection conditions employed in oligosaccharide synthesis would be most useful. Here we introduce a 4,5-dibromooctane-1,8-diol linker that makes the synthetic utility of the octenediol linker concept available to syntheses using NPG and thioglycoside building blocks. A trisaccharide was prepared using a novel dibromo-masked octenediol linker. - Initially, a reliable sequence for the installation of the dibromoactanediol (DBOD) linker was developed. Reaction of mono-protected
octenediol 1 resulted in efficient functionalization of Merrifield'sresin 2 as described previously9 followed by the capping of unreacted resin with methanol (seeScheme 1 above). Dibromination19 oflinker 3 using CuBr2 and LiBr in acetonitrile/THF, followed by exposure of the free hydroxyl group under acidic conditions proceeded smoothly to furnish resin-bounddibromo octanediol 4. High-resolution magic angle spinning NMR spectroscopy(HR-MAS NMR)20 indicated complete conversion of the alkene as judged by disappearance of the olefinic proton signals (˜5.4 ppm in the 1H-NMR; see FIG. 10, spectra a and b). -
- Next, the coupling of thioglycoside donors for coupling on the DBOD linker was studied (see
Scheme 3 below). Resin-boundacceptor 4 was reacted withthioethyl donor 7 in the presence of NIS and TMSOTf to yieldglucoside 8. Deprotection of the 6-O-acetate proceeded smoothly using guanidine in MeOH/THF, to affordacceptor 9.7c,21 The use of stronger bases such as NaOMe resulted in side products caused by bromide elimination as determined by HR-MAS. The acetates could be removed in the presence of the dibromide by action of hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane/methanol. Iteration of the coupling and deprotection sequence produced trisaccharide 12. All intermediates were examined by HR-MAS to confirm the formation of the desired linkages. - After completion of the desired trisaccharide a two step cleavage protocol was developed. Reductive debromination 22 of the resin-bound linker was achieved with tetrabutylammonium iodide (TBAI) in 4-butanone/1,4-dioxane to yield octenediol-linked trisaccharide 13 as unambiguously confirmed by HR-MAS NMR (see FIG. 10, spectrum c). TBAI was found to perform better in this reaction than sodium iodide due to its considerably higher solubility. Cleavage from the solid support using 20 mol % of Grubbs' catalyst under an atmosphere of ethylene afforded the fully protected n-pentenyl glycoside 14 in 9% overall yield from 3 (77% per step over 9 steps).
- In summary, we have introduced a 4,5-dibromooctane-1,8-diol linker that can be used in solid-phase oligosaccharide synthesis with n-pentenyl glycosides and thioethyl glycosyl donors. This linker, together with the octenediol linker we developed earlier constitutes a universal linker concept compatible with a wide range of activation and deprotection conditions. To demonstrate the utility of the DBOD linker, a trisaccharide was constructed in high yield using thioethyl donors. These studies underscored the value of HR-MAS NMR as a non-destructive analytical tool to the monitor and develop the solid-phase reactions.
- Selected Experimental Procedures for Example 9
- a) Bromination of the linker: Functionalized resin 3 (100 mg, 0.065 mmol) was swollen in THF/MeCN. CuBr 2 (0.65 mmol) and LiBr (1.3 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was shaken for 48 h. After being washed the resulting resin was then repeatedly treated with 2% dichloroacetic acid, washed and dried to yield 4.
- b) Glycosylation: Functionalized resin 4 (207 mg, 0.124 mmol) was swollen in CH 2Cl2 and activated 4 Å molecular sieves (207 mg) and NIS (1.12 mmol) were added. Thioethyl donor 7 (0.372 mmol) was added as a solution in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. TMSOTf (0.186 mmol) was added and the reaction shaken for 3 h. The resin was washed and dried to yield
monosaccharide 8. - c) Deacetylation: Resin-bound monosaccharide 8 (249 mg, 0.107 mmol) was swollen in THF. Guanidine (1.22 mmol) was added and the reaction shaken for 16 h. The resin was washed and dried to yield
monosaccharide acceptor 9. d) Debromination of linker: resin bound trisaccharide 12 (247 mg, 0.084 mmol) was swollen in 4-butanone/1-4 dioxane (2:1, 3 mL). TBAI (2.11 mmol) was added and the reaction was shaken for 48 h at 95° C. The resin was washed with and dried to yield trisaccharide 13. - d) Cleavage from resin: Resin-bound trisaccharide 13 (145 mg, 0.049 mmol) was swollen in CH 2Cl2 Grubbs' catalyst (9.89 μmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 16 h under an atmosphere of ethylene. Evaporation of the solvent in vacuo followed by silica gel chromatography yielded trisaccharide 14.
- 1) Varki, A.,
Glycobiology 1993, 3, 97-130. - 2) Caruthers, M. H. Science 1985, 230, 281-285.
- 3) (a) Atherton, E.; Sheppard, R. C. Solid-phase peptide synthesis: A practical approach; IRL Press at Oxford University Press: Oxford, England, 1989.
- 4) Yan, L.; Taylor, C. M.; Goodnow, Jr., R.; Kahne, D. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1994, 116, 6953-6954.
- 5) Seeberger, P. H.; Danishefsky, S. J. Acc. Chem. Res. 1998, 31, 685-695.
- 6) Rodebaugh, R.; Joshi, S.; Fraser-Reid, B.; Geysen, H. M. J. Org. Chem. 1997, 62, 5660-5661.
- 7) (a) Rademann, J.; Geyer, A.; Schmidt, R. R. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1998, 37, 1241-1245. (b) Adinolfi, M.; Barone, G.; De Napoli, L.; Iadonisi, A.; Piccialli, G. Tetrahedron Lett. 1998, 39, 1953-1956. (c) Hunt, J. A.; Roush, W. R. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1996, 118, 9998-9999.
- 8) (a) Zhu, T.; Boons, G. -J. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1998, 37, 1898-1900. (b) Nicolaou, K. C.; Watanabe, N.; Li, J.; Pastor, J.; Winssinger, N. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1998, 37, 1559-1561. (c) Zheng, C.; Seeberger, P. H.; Danishefsky, S. J. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1998, 37, 786-789.
- 9) Andrade, R. B.; Plante, O. J.; Melean, L. G.; Seeberger, P. H. Org. Lett. 1999, 1, 1811-1814.
- 10) (a) Danishefsky, S. J.; McClure, K. F.; Randolph, J. T.; Ruggeri, R. B. Science 1993, 260, 1307-1309. (b) Doi, T.; Sugiki, M.; Yamada, H.; Takahashi, T.; Porco, J. A. Jr. Tetrahedron Lett. 1999, 40, 2141-2144.
- 11) (a) Chiu, S. -H. L.; Anderson, L. Carbohydr. Res. 1976, 50, 227. (b) Rademann, J.; Schmidt, R. R. Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 3989-3990.
- 12) Lampe, T. F. J.; Weitz-Schmidt, G.; Wong, C. -H. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1998, 37, 1707-1711.
- 13) Zehavi, T.; Patchornik, A. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1973, 95, 5673-5677.
- 14) Fukase, K.; Nakai, Y.; Egusa, K.; Porco, J. A.; Kusumoto, S. Synlett. 1999, 7, 1074-1078.
- 15) Knerr, L.; Schmidt, R. R. Synlett. 1999, 11, 1802-1804.
- 16) Tolborg, J. F.; Jensen, K. J. Chem. Comm. 2000, 2, 147-148.
- 17) Garegg, P. J. Adv. Carbohydr. Chem. Biochem., 1997, 52, 179-205.
- 18) Fraser-Reid, B.; Udodong, U. E.; Wu, Z.; Ottosson, H.; Merritt, J. R.; Rao, S.; Roberts, C.; Modsen, R. Synlett 1992, 922-942.
- 19) Rodebaugh, R.; Debenham, J. S.; Fraser-Reid, B.; Snyder, J. P. J. Org. Chem. 1999, 64, 1758-1761.
- 20) Seeberger, P. H.; Beebe, X.; Sukenick, G. D.; Pochapsky, S.; Danishefsky, S. J. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1997, 36, 491-493.
- 21) Ellervik, U.; Magnusson, G. Tetrahedron Lett. 1997, 38, 1627-1628.
- 22) Merritt, J. R.; Debenham, J. S.; Fraser-Reid, B. J. Carbohydr. Chem. 1996, 15, 65-72.
- Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.
Claims (61)
1. A compound represented by general structure 9:
wherein
X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, Se, NR, PR or AsR;
Z independently for each occurrence represents CR, SiR, N, P or As;
R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;
R′ represents hydrogen or a solid support;
R″ represents hydrogen, a mono-, oligo- or polysaccharide, a glycoconjugate, or a small molecule;
n is 3; and
m is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
2. The compound of claim 1 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR.
3. The compound of claim 1 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O.
4. The compound of claim 1 , wherein Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N.
5. The compound of claim 1 , wherein Z independently for each occurrence represents CR.
6. The compound of claim 1 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR; and Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N.
7. The compound of claim 1 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; and Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N.
8. The compound of claim 1 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; and Z independently for each occurrence represents CR.
9. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
10. The compound of claim 1 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
11. The compound of claim 1 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
12. The compound of claim 1 , wherein Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
13. The compound of claim 1 , wherein Z independently for each occurrence represents CR; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
14. The compound of claim 1 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR; Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
15. The compound of claim 1 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; Z independently for each occurrence represents CR or N; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
16. The compound of claim 1 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; Z independently for each occurrence represents CR; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
17. The compound of claim 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16, wherein R′ represents a solid support.
18. The compound of claim 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16, wherein R′ represents H.
19. The compound of claim 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16, wherein R″ represents H.
20. The compound of claim 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16, wherein R″ represents a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide.
21. The compound of claim 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16, wherein R″ represents a monosaccharide, wherein the anomeric carbon of said monosaccharide is bonded to X.
22. The compound of claim 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16, wherein R″ represents an oligosaccharide, wherein an anomeric carbon of said oligosaccharide is bonded to X.
23. The compound of claim 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16, wherein R′ represents a solid support; and R″ represents H.
24. The compound of claim 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16, wherein R′ represents a solid support; and R″ represents a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide.
25. A compound represented by generalized structure 10:
wherein
X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, Se, NR, PR or AsR;
R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;
R′ represents hydrogen or a solid support;
R″ represents hydrogen, a mono-, oligo- or polysaccharide, a glycoconjugate, or a small molecule;
n is 3; and
m is an integer greater than or equal 2.
26. The compound of claim 25 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR.
27. The compound of claim 25 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O.
28. The compound of claim 25 , wherein R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
29. The compound of claim 25 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
30. The compound of claim 25 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
31. The compound of claim 25 , 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30, wherein R′ represents a solid support.
32. The compound of claim 25 , 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30, wherein R′ represents H.
33. The compound of claim 25 , 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30, wherein R″ represents H.
34. The compound of claim 25 , 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30, wherein R″ represents a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide.
35. The compound of claim 25 , 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30, wherein R″ represents a monosaccharide, wherein the anomeric carbon of said monosaccharide is bonded to X.
36. The compound of claim 25 , 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30, wherein R″ represents an oligosaccharide, wherein an anomeric carbon of said oligosaccharide is bonded to X.
37. The compound of claim 25 , 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30, wherein R″ represents a solid support; and R″ represents H.
38. The compound of claim 25 , 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30, wherein R′ represents a solid support; and R″ represents a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide.
39. A compound represented by generalized structure 11:
wherein
X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, Se, NR, PR or AsR;
R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;
R′ represents hydrogen or a solid support;
R″ represents hydrogen, a mono-, oligo- or polysaccharide, a glycoconjugate, or a small molecule;
n is 3; and
m is an integer greater than or equal 2.
40. The compound of claim 39 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR.
41. The compound of claim 39 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents 0.
42. The compound of claim 39 , wherein R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
43. The compound of claim 39 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O, S, or NR; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
44. The compound of claim 39 , wherein X independently for each occurrence represents O; and R independently for each occurrence represents hydrogen or alkyl.
45. The compound of claim 39 , 40, 41, 42, 43 or 44, wherein R′ represents a solid support.
46. The compound of claim 39 , 40, 41, 42, 43 or 44, wherein R″ represents H.
47. The compound of claim 39 , 40, 41, 42, 43 or 44, wherein R″ represents H.
48. The compound of claim 39 , 40, 41, 42, 43 or 44, wherein R″ represents a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide.
49. The compound of claim 39 , 40, 41, 42, 43 or 44, wherein R″ represents a monosaccharide, wherein the anomeric carbon of said monosaccharide is bonded to X.
50. The compound of claim 39 , 40, 41, 42, 43 or 44, wherein R″ represents an oligosaccharide, wherein an anomeric carbon of said oligosaccharide is bonded to X.
51. The compound of claim 39 , 40, 41, 42, 43 or 44, wherein R′ represents a solid support; and R″ represents H.
52. The compound of claim 39 , 40, 41, 42, 43 or 44, wherein R′ represents a solid support; and R″ represents a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide.
53. A process of synthesis, comprising the step of:
reacting a linker of claim 1 , 25 or 39, wherein R′ represents a solid support, with a compound to give a linker of claim 1 , 25 or 39, wherein R′ represents a solid support, and R″ comprises said compound.
54. The process of claim 53 , wherein said compound is a monosaccharide or oligosaccharide.
55. The process of claim 53 or 54, further comprising the step of:
cleaving said linker to give a product that is not tethered to a solid support.
56. The process of claim 55 , wherein said product is an oligosaccharide.
57. The process of claim 53 or 54, further comprising the step of:
cleaving said linker to give a product that is not tethered to a solid support, wherein said product is an oligosaccharide comprising a glycosyl donor.
58. The process of claim 53 or 54, further comprising the step of:
cleaving said linker by ozonolysis, olefin metathesis, or oxidation to give a product that is not tethered to a solid support.
59. The process of claim 58 , wherein said product is an oligosaccharide.
60. The process of claim 58 , wherein said product is an oligosaccharide comprising a glycosyl donor.
61. The process of claim 53 or 54, further comprising the step of:
cleaving said linker by olefin metathesis to give a product that is not tethered to a solid support, wherein said product is an oligosaccharide comprising an n-pentenyl glycoside.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US10/455,468 US20030232452A1 (en) | 1999-03-05 | 2003-06-05 | Linkers for synthesis of oligosaccharides on solid supports |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US12293099P | 1999-03-05 | 1999-03-05 | |
| US09/518,102 US6579725B1 (en) | 1999-03-05 | 2000-03-03 | Linkers for synthesis of oligosaccharides on solid supports |
| US10/455,468 US20030232452A1 (en) | 1999-03-05 | 2003-06-05 | Linkers for synthesis of oligosaccharides on solid supports |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US09/518,102 Division US6579725B1 (en) | 1999-03-05 | 2000-03-03 | Linkers for synthesis of oligosaccharides on solid supports |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20030232452A1 true US20030232452A1 (en) | 2003-12-18 |
Family
ID=22405713
Family Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US09/518,102 Expired - Fee Related US6579725B1 (en) | 1999-03-05 | 2000-03-03 | Linkers for synthesis of oligosaccharides on solid supports |
| US10/455,468 Abandoned US20030232452A1 (en) | 1999-03-05 | 2003-06-05 | Linkers for synthesis of oligosaccharides on solid supports |
Family Applications Before (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US09/518,102 Expired - Fee Related US6579725B1 (en) | 1999-03-05 | 2000-03-03 | Linkers for synthesis of oligosaccharides on solid supports |
Country Status (7)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (2) | US6579725B1 (en) |
| EP (1) | EP1175427B1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP2002538163A (en) |
| AT (1) | ATE478083T1 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2363499C (en) |
| DE (1) | DE60044846D1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2000052018A2 (en) |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20060217482A1 (en) * | 2004-07-09 | 2006-09-28 | Lukehart Charles M | Reactive graphitic carbon nanofiber reinforced polymeric composites showing enhanced flexural strength |
| US20090246200A1 (en) * | 2006-06-30 | 2009-10-01 | Carlson Russell W | Anthrax carbohydrates, synthesis and uses thereof |
| US9310366B2 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2016-04-12 | University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. | Anthrax carbohydrates, synthesis and uses thereof |
Families Citing this family (9)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6824987B1 (en) * | 1999-05-11 | 2004-11-30 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Small molecule printing |
| US7932213B2 (en) * | 1999-05-11 | 2011-04-26 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Small molecule printing |
| US6753449B2 (en) | 2001-10-09 | 2004-06-22 | Arqule, Inc. | Cleavable linker for solid phase synthesis |
| FR2866649A1 (en) * | 2004-02-25 | 2005-08-26 | Commissariat Energie Atomique | New molecular spacer arm, useful for attaching compounds, especially sugars, to analytical chips, includes double bond for selective cleavage |
| US20050261241A1 (en) * | 2004-05-19 | 2005-11-24 | Celsus Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. | Use of dermatan sulfates and/or desulfated heparins to treat or prevent heparinoid-induced autoimmune responses |
| JP2008504531A (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2008-02-14 | ザ スクリップス リサーチ インスティテュート | Array with cleavable linker |
| JP2008520965A (en) * | 2004-11-16 | 2008-06-19 | コミサリア ア レネルジィ アトミーク | Silanating agents containing sugar end groups and their use for the functionalization of solid supports in particular |
| US20090221433A1 (en) * | 2006-01-03 | 2009-09-03 | Barnes David W | Small molecule printing |
| US20140256924A1 (en) * | 2011-10-05 | 2014-09-11 | The Provost, Fellows, Foundation Scholars And The Other Members Of Board Of | Carbohydrate functionalised surfaces |
Family Cites Families (26)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4041061A (en) * | 1975-11-18 | 1977-08-09 | Johnson & Johnson | Modified cyanoacrylate monomers and methods of preparation |
| US5744101A (en) | 1989-06-07 | 1998-04-28 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Photolabile nucleoside protecting groups |
| US5527681A (en) | 1989-06-07 | 1996-06-18 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Immobilized molecular synthesis of systematically substituted compounds |
| US5550215A (en) | 1991-11-22 | 1996-08-27 | Holmes; Christopher P. | Polymer reversal on solid surfaces |
| US5565324A (en) | 1992-10-01 | 1996-10-15 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Complex combinatorial chemical libraries encoded with tags |
| US5639866A (en) | 1993-02-23 | 1997-06-17 | Princeton University | Single-step formation of multiple glycosidic linkages |
| JP2000502068A (en) | 1995-12-07 | 2000-02-22 | ジェンザイム・リミテッド | Solid phase organic synthesis |
| EP0901629A4 (en) | 1996-03-21 | 2000-02-02 | Univ Princeton | LIGAND LIBRARY BASED ON CARBON HYDRATES, ASSAY AND METHOD THEREOF |
| DE19621177A1 (en) | 1996-05-24 | 1997-11-27 | Basf Ag | Carbohydrate derivatives and their synthesis on solid phase |
| AUPO190596A0 (en) | 1996-08-26 | 1996-09-19 | Alchemia Pty Ltd | Oligosaccharide synthesis |
| JP2001505558A (en) | 1996-11-15 | 2001-04-24 | シンソーブ バイオテック,インコーポレイテッド | Combinatorial synthesis of hydrocarbon libraries |
| AUPO440596A0 (en) | 1996-12-30 | 1997-01-23 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | New compound |
| AUPO536797A0 (en) | 1997-02-28 | 1997-03-20 | Alchemia Pty Ltd | Protected aminosugars |
| AU7114498A (en) | 1997-04-09 | 1998-10-30 | Cadus Pharmaceutical Corporation | Supports for solid phase synthesis |
| WO1998053813A1 (en) | 1997-05-29 | 1998-12-03 | Incara Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Carbohydrate scaffold compounds and libraries |
| CN1276788A (en) | 1997-09-24 | 2000-12-13 | 阿尔开密亚有限公司 | Protecting and linking groups for organic synthesis |
| ATE215090T1 (en) | 1997-10-09 | 2002-04-15 | Aventis Cropscience Gmbh | COMBINATORIAL PRODUCTION OF PHOSPHIC ACID DERIVATIVES |
| WO1999039207A1 (en) | 1998-01-29 | 1999-08-05 | Pharmacopeia, Inc. | Acid cleavable phenoxyalkyl linker for combinatorial synthesis |
| CA2260472A1 (en) | 1998-02-11 | 1999-08-11 | Xiao-Yi Xiao | Safety-catch linkers |
| US6008321A (en) | 1998-03-16 | 1999-12-28 | Pharmacopeia, Inc. | Universal linker for combinatorial synthesis |
| JP2002517458A (en) | 1998-06-08 | 2002-06-18 | アドバンスド メディスン インコーポレーテッド | Combinatorial synthesis of multiple binding libraries |
| US6310244B1 (en) | 1998-07-23 | 2001-10-30 | Pharmacopeia, Inc. | Photocleavable and acid cleavable linkers for combinatorial chemistry |
| GB9816575D0 (en) | 1998-07-31 | 1998-09-30 | Zeneca Ltd | Novel compounds |
| US6388022B1 (en) | 1998-09-10 | 2002-05-14 | Takeda Chemical Industires, Ltd. | Linker binding carriers for organic synthesis, their production and use |
| GB9821669D0 (en) | 1998-10-05 | 1998-12-02 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Chemical constructs and their uses |
| GB9822436D0 (en) | 1998-10-14 | 1998-12-09 | Cambridge Combinatorial Ltd | Sintered/co-sintered materials |
-
2000
- 2000-03-03 DE DE60044846T patent/DE60044846D1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2000-03-03 JP JP2000602243A patent/JP2002538163A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2000-03-03 WO PCT/US2000/005659 patent/WO2000052018A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2000-03-03 EP EP00917725A patent/EP1175427B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2000-03-03 AT AT00917725T patent/ATE478083T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2000-03-03 US US09/518,102 patent/US6579725B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2000-03-03 CA CA2363499A patent/CA2363499C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2003
- 2003-06-05 US US10/455,468 patent/US20030232452A1/en not_active Abandoned
Cited By (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20060217482A1 (en) * | 2004-07-09 | 2006-09-28 | Lukehart Charles M | Reactive graphitic carbon nanofiber reinforced polymeric composites showing enhanced flexural strength |
| US8048940B2 (en) | 2004-07-09 | 2011-11-01 | Vanderbilt University | Reactive graphitic carbon nanofiber reinforced polymeric composites showing enhanced flexural strength |
| US20090246200A1 (en) * | 2006-06-30 | 2009-10-01 | Carlson Russell W | Anthrax carbohydrates, synthesis and uses thereof |
| US20100233174A9 (en) * | 2006-06-30 | 2010-09-16 | Carlson Russell W | Anthrax carbohydrates, synthesis and uses thereof |
| US8420607B2 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2013-04-16 | University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. | Anthrax carbohydrates, synthesis and uses thereof |
| US9310366B2 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2016-04-12 | University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. | Anthrax carbohydrates, synthesis and uses thereof |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| EP1175427B1 (en) | 2010-08-18 |
| ATE478083T1 (en) | 2010-09-15 |
| JP2002538163A (en) | 2002-11-12 |
| WO2000052018A9 (en) | 2002-06-27 |
| WO2000052018A2 (en) | 2000-09-08 |
| CA2363499C (en) | 2010-06-01 |
| EP1175427A2 (en) | 2002-01-30 |
| CA2363499A1 (en) | 2000-09-08 |
| WO2000052018A3 (en) | 2001-10-18 |
| DE60044846D1 (en) | 2010-09-30 |
| US6579725B1 (en) | 2003-06-17 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US7211663B2 (en) | Synthesis of oligosaccharides, reagents and methods related thereto | |
| US20070265441A1 (en) | Apparatus and methods for the automated synthesis of oligosaccharides | |
| US6579725B1 (en) | Linkers for synthesis of oligosaccharides on solid supports | |
| Osborn et al. | Recent developments in polymer supported syntheses of oligosaccharides and glycopeptides | |
| US7102023B2 (en) | Protecting groups useful in the synthesis of polysaccharides, natural products, and combinatorial libraries | |
| AU2001286539A1 (en) | Apparatus and methods for the automated synthesis of oligosaccharides | |
| US6846917B2 (en) | Solid- and solution-phase synthesis of heparin and other glycosaminoglycans | |
| WO1999061583A2 (en) | Carbohydrate-based scaffold compounds, combinatorial libraries and methods for their construction | |
| Haase et al. | Recent progress in polymer-supported synthesis of oligosaccharides and carbohydrate libraries | |
| AU733130B2 (en) | 1-galactose derivatives | |
| WO1998053813A1 (en) | Carbohydrate scaffold compounds and libraries | |
| AU736031B2 (en) | Combinatorial synthesis of carbohydrate libraries | |
| US5932554A (en) | 1-galactose derivatives | |
| US20020146684A1 (en) | One dimensional unichemo protection (UCP) in organic synthesis | |
| CA2330484A1 (en) | 1-galactose derivatives |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |